The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutResolution - 5167 - Contract - Lubbock Building Services - Emergency Exit Stairway - 04/18/1996RESOLUTION NO. 5167 April 18, 1996 Item 416 RESOLUTION BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock BE and is hereby authorized and directed to execute for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock a Contract with Lubbock Building Services of Lubbock, Texas, to furnish and install all materials and services as bid for the Emergency Exit Stairway, attached hereto and which shall be spread upon the minutes of the Council and as spread upon the minutes of this Council shall constitute and be a part of this Resolution as if fully copied herein in detail. APPROVED AS TO CONTENT: Victor Kilman, WIurchasing Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: Attorney DGV:js/EMEREXIT.RES ccdocs/April 9, 1996 517 CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING BID #13534 .� 0121 y 0 z CITY OF LUBBOCK s Lubbock, Texas April 18, 1996 Jerry Smith Lubbock Building Services 5121 B-1 69th Lubbock, Texas 79424 r RE: BID #13534 - EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING t Dear Mr. Smith: I Office of Purchasing The City of Lubbock considered your bid submittal on April 3, 1996, for work to be done and materials to be furnished for the job stated above as set forth in detail in the Specifications, Plans, and Contract Documents for such work for the City of Lubbock. Your bid submittal appeared fair, equitable and to the best interest of the City. Please take notice that said bid was accepted by the City Council of the City of Lubbock on the 18th day of April, 1996, at the bid price contained therein, subject to the execution of and fiunishing of all contract documents, bonds, certificates of insurance, and all other documents specified and required to be executed and famished under the contract documents. Please pay particular attention to the requirements for the insurance which is set out in the "CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE" under number 28 of the General Conditions of the Agreement. Enclosed please i1n the five contracts and return all five copies of all documents requested to the City of Lubbock within TEN (10) DAYS from your receipt of this letter. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at (806)767-2168. Sin , #* RON SHUFFIE SENIOR BUYER RS/sl Enclosure: 5 Contracts RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED P 025 172 409 t City of Lubbock P.O. Box 2000 Lubbock, Texas 79457 r• 606-767-2167 April 18, 1996 Jerry Smith Lubbock Building Services 5121 B-1 69th Lubbock, Texas 79424 r RE: BID #13534 - EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING t Dear Mr. Smith: I Office of Purchasing The City of Lubbock considered your bid submittal on April 3, 1996, for work to be done and materials to be furnished for the job stated above as set forth in detail in the Specifications, Plans, and Contract Documents for such work for the City of Lubbock. Your bid submittal appeared fair, equitable and to the best interest of the City. Please take notice that said bid was accepted by the City Council of the City of Lubbock on the 18th day of April, 1996, at the bid price contained therein, subject to the execution of and fiunishing of all contract documents, bonds, certificates of insurance, and all other documents specified and required to be executed and famished under the contract documents. Please pay particular attention to the requirements for the insurance which is set out in the "CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE" under number 28 of the General Conditions of the Agreement. Enclosed please i1n the five contracts and return all five copies of all documents requested to the City of Lubbock within TEN (10) DAYS from your receipt of this letter. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at (806)767-2168. Sin , #* RON SHUFFIE SENIOR BUYER RS/sl Enclosure: 5 Contracts RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED P 025 172 409 7 L r t CITY OF LUBBOCK INVITATION TO BID FOR TITLE: EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING ADDRESS: LUBBOCK, TEXAS BID NUMBER: 13534 PROJECT NUMBER: 9047.9211 CONTRACT PREPARED BY: PURCHASING DEPARTMENT Fav q 1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS 2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 3. BID SUBMITTAL - BID FOR LUMP SUM CONTRACTS 4. PAYMENT BOND S. PERFORMANCE BOND 6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE 7. CONTRACT 8. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT 9. CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS 10. SPECIFICATIONS 11. SPECIAL CONDITION roil ow OW r e NOTICE TO BIDDERS BID #13534 Sealed bids addressed to Victor Kilman, Purchasing Manager, City of Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing Manager, Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street., Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 o'clock m. on the 3rd day of Anril,1996. or as changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish aff labor and materials and perform all work for the construction of the following described project: "EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUII.DING" ` After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be Wined in the office of the Purchasing Manager and publicly read aloud. f' It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to insure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock, prior to the expiration of the date above first written. The City of Lubbock will consider the bids on the 25th dad of Ayri1,1996. at the Municipal Building, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds 5100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a current Best of B or W%jior• as the rating of the bond company is a factor that will be considered in determination of the lowest rgsponsible bidder. Bidders are required, whether or nota ent or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Ln=or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him. It shall be each bidders sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted There will be a pre-bid conference on 27th day of March,1996, at 10:00 o'clock a.m., in the Purchasing Conference Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing Manager of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to i in this notice to bidders. Each bidder's attention is fiuther directed to provision of Article 5159a, Vernon's Ann. Civil St., and the ' requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale. POO a. The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre-bid meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you would like bid information made available in a more accessible format or if you require assistance, please contact the City of Lubbock Human Relations Office at (806) 767-2281 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting. CITY OF LUBB � VICTOR kILMAN PURCHASING MANAGER Bid documents may be obtained upon request from the Purchasing Department at 162513th Street, Room L-04, Lubbock, Texas 79401; Telephone (806)767-2167/Fax (806)767-2164. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS r f ' w 4 . GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. SCOPE OF WORK The contractor shall furnish all labor, superintendence, machinery, equipment and all materials necessary to complete this project in accordance with contract documents for the EXIT STAitR.S AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING. All work covered by this contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the General Conditions. All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents. I, 3. PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS raw It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid without charge of forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents, may be examined without charge as noted in the Notice to Bidders. 4. BIDDER INQUIRIES No bidder shall request. any information verbally. All written requests for additional information or clarification concerning this bid must be addressed to: - RON SHEFFIELD SENIOR BUYER CITY OF LUBBOCK P.O. BOX 2000 LUBBOCK, TX 79457 FAX (806)767-2164 5. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION The construction covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 90 (NINETY) consecutive calendar days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the suooessfW bidder. The Contractor will be permitted to pr6secute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided, however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within the time specified. 6. PAYMENT All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of the contract documents. 7. AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID j` The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims pending, of which the Contractor has been notified. S. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract -- documents provide minimum standards of quality which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project. 9. >GUARANTEES — All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within ONE year from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock). 10. PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR The contractor will be furnished one set of plans and specifications, and related contract documents for his use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the Contractor. 11. PROTECTION OF THE WORK The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, atter the bids have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information: (a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed. — (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder. (c) Equipment schedule. 12. TEXAS STATE SALES TAX This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase. 13. PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines, conduits or other underground -- structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities _ r-+ aforementioned All such underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, at Contractor's expense. 14. BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project. 15. EXPLOSIVES The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of � permi explosives, the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage which may occur as a direct or indirect result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall 1^ further use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar type of construction activity. �.. Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor. f In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives, and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations. 16. CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name, address and telephone number k where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work contemplated by this contract is in progress. d" 17. INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the ' Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted. t is. LABOR AND WORKING HOURS i Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate which must be paid on this project shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Article 5159a, Vernon's Annotated Civil Statutes providing for the payment of the wage schedules above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in these contract documents does not release the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be e applicable. Construction work under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist: (1) The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the necessary service to its citizens. (2) Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time. Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on weekends or holidays, the Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow -- construction work requiring an inspector on weekends or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative. In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life. 19. PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors engaged at the site of the work shall not later than the seventh day following the payment of wages, file with the Owner's Representative, or Engineer, a certified, sworn, legible copy of such payroll. This shall contain the name of each employee, his classification, the number of hours worked on each day, rate of pay, and net pay. The affidavit shall state that the copy is a true and correct copy of such payroll, that no rebates or deductions (except as shown) have been made, or will in the future be made from the wages paid as shown thereon. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract documents. — The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract is made, ten dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar, day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these contract documents. 20. PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to the bidder without being considered. 21. PREPARATION FORBID The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City. All blank spaces in the form shall be correctly filled in and the bidder shall state the price both in words and numerals, for which he intends to do the work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the price written in words and the price written in figures, the price written in words shall govern. N the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent. If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink. Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner: " (a) Bidder's name (b) Bid for (description of the project). Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time prior to the time set for opening of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter. 22. BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and include the following (a) Notice to Bidders. (b) General Instructions to Bidders. (c) Bidder's Submittal. (d) Statutory Bond (if required). (e) Contract Agreement. (f) General Conditions. (g) Special Conditions (if any). (h) Specifications. (i) Insurance Certificates. 07 All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents. I BED SUBMMAL I r PLACE: 1605 13th Street DATE: April 3 ,19 9 6 BID SUBM'ITAL LUMP SUM BID CONTRACT 701ECr NUMBER: 13534 - KKrr STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING Bidof Lubbock Building Services (hereinafter called Bidder) Fro the Honorable Mayor and City council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner) Gentlemen: FnzBidder, in compliance with your invitation forbids for the construction Ora Exit Stairs at Mu n i e i b a i Square Building having carefully examined the plans, speafirations, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions seurounding the mon of the ntended project including the availability of materials and Libor, hereby intends to furnish alI Libor, materials, and supplier, and to bonstruct the project in aaaordance with the Plans, specifications and caatract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the 'ee stated below. The price to Dover atI expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract doaements. / •v a v2� .uiATERIAIS: �w�n- S :r �i.��.a_•s--o� 1h, -e y�.�. a-1ccr Y ALES: 0 / /,�U ✓ !1✓CY A/1 t i.r.Cl C. r yR f l'� 72- w TOTAL BID:.0 �-/.-L c /a,,1'.. el 1:;d4,o�. � Is,►, �y� Z S�iJ F;Amotmt shall be shown in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount shown in words shall govern.) Bidder hereby agrexs to commence the work on the above project on or before a daft to be speafie:d in a written'Notice to nc�ooeed' of the Owner and to fully complete the project within �0 (NINETY) oonsocutive calendar days thereafter as in t .he specifications and other contract doc�rments. Bidder hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as lignidated damages theSUM of X200.00 (TWO HUNDRED DOLi.ARSI for qch aonsexvtive plendar day in excess of the time sex forth hereinabove for ompie:tion of this project, all as more fully set forth is the general conditions of the contract doarments. Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with instruction umber 21 of the. General Instructions to Bidders. Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the bidding. The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of thirty (30) calendar days after the .,cheduled closing time for receiving bids. r The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on which he has bid, as provided in the contract documents. Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashices check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5% ) of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and v=ute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 days after notice of award of the contract to him. Enclosed with this bid is a Cashiefs Chock or Certified Check for (S l or a Bid Bond in the sum of �n .�A, Ag= I-V- liars ($ L ffi2-• ), which itis agreed shall be collected and retained by the as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents and the required bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid, otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand Bidder and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Nc (Seal if Bidder is a Corporation) ATTEST: r r (Printed or Typed Name) -Lubbock Building ServiCes Company 5121 P-1 69th Address Lubbock .Lubbock city, County State Zip Code Telephone: 8 0 6 - 79 Fax Number: 8 0 6 7 r COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY Insurance Company BID BOND BOND NUMBER BD27784 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: THAT LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICE, 5121 B-1 69TH STREET, LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79424 as Principal, and COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto CITY OF LUBBOCK as Obligee, in the full and just sum of FIVE PERCENT (5%) OF THE AMOUNT BID lawful money of the United States, for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made, we bind ourselves, our heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal is hereby submitting its proposal for EXIT STAIRS MUNICIPAL SQUARE, BID NO. 13534. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the aforesaid Principal shall be awarded the contract the said Principal will, within the time required, enter into a formal contract and give a good and sufficient bond to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of the contract, then this obligation to be void; otherwise, the Principal and Surety will pay unto the Obligee the difference in money between the amount of the bid of the said Principal and the amount for which the Obligee legally contracts with another party to perform the work if the latter amount be in excess of the former, but in no event shall liability hereunder exceed the penal sum hereof. Signed, sealed and delivered MARCH 19. 1996. K BUILDING SERVICES PRINCIPJ4 _ By �� (SEAL) ER IA ITT INSURANCE COMPANY By SEAL) PAUL CA RON, ATTORNEY4N-FACT i 7110.onk :l Indemnity Tnsumnce Company . Box 67' ustin, Texas 78767 RMjEMMITY INSURANCE M BD 27784 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: r"FMt the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Texas, having its principal office in Austin, Texas, pursuant to the following resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on the 12th day of May, 1994, to wit: F "Resolved, that any officer of the Company shall have authority to make, execute and deliver a Power of Attorney constituting as Attorney - In -Fact, such persons, firms, or corporations as may be selected from time to time. re"Be It Further Resolved, that the signature of any officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such powers so executed and certified by facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid Fand binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company does hereby make, constitute and appoint: JOHN W SCHULFR OR PAM CAMERON State of Texas its true and lawful attorneys) -in -fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, 7acknowledge and deliver in its behalf, and its act and deed, as follows: i The obligation of the Company shall not exceed one million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars. 4 . And to bind Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by the duly authorizedofficerofthe Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, and all the acts of saidAttorney(s) pursuantto the authority herein rgiven, are hereby ratified and confirmed. IN WITNESS WiIEREOF,the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company has caused these presents tobesignedby anyofficerofthe Company and its Corporate Seal to be hereto affixed. TV SEAL Y ter* State of Texas John W. Schuler, President County of Travis On this 12th day of May, in the year 1994, before me Ann Bennett, a notary public, personally appeared John W. Schuler, personally known to me to be the person who executed the within instrument as President, on behalf of the Corporation therein named and acknowledged to me NNIENN that the Corporation executed it. "TARY P , , kOTARY PUBLIC State aoi F-� i COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY Insurance Company (formerly Commercial Lloyd's Insurance Company) IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact John Schuler, President of Operations, whose direct dial number is 512-444-7776. You may also fax us information at 512-440-0989. You may also call Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company's toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-234-8046 You may also write to Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company: 1507 South IH -35, Austin, Texas 78741. You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may also write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104, Austin, Texas 78714-9104, Fax 512-475-1771. PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part of condition of the attached document. u r LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS 1. 2. 3. 4. S. 6. 7. S. 9. 10. Minority Owned Yes No 0 ❑ ❑ 0 ❑ 0 ❑ 0 0 0 0 • 0 0 0 0 0 ❑ 0 0 0 I°AYMENT BOND r BOND CHECK BEST RATING LICENSED IN TEXAS DATE Y C '� 10D7qlp t . STATUTORY PAYMM BOND PURSUANT TO SEC nON 2233.021(a) OF rAE TEXAS GOVERNUM?r CODE p (COMMAC S MORE THM U3,000) BOND NO. BD 28300 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICE caned the prindpw=), as prim4w(g). and • r� the amount f ry vm ��INE TH� dbatad pato the City cd*Lnbbodc 0=91at� called do Obligees in the atnoaat of (g69 2. 40.04 jwW mom' adttc United Statex for the Payment whetuc and Sumy bind themselves, and their heirs, sdmiaisuatorl. cxecutm% atoxssottt and asaipS. jorntly and s weraliy, firmly by these Ptzscros. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with thm Obligee, dated the of APRIL . 14 96. WaIl) # 13534 ---EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUAREBUILDING. and said Principal under the law is required before oomnuaeing the work P=Adcd for is said ca mu= to exeante a bond in the amount of said contract which conttnct is hereby reared to and made a pari hereof as fully and to the mne extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, FORE, rAE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Ptindpal shaa pay an claimants tatpplying labor and material to him or a subooatra¢tot' in the prosecution of the worts provided far in said contract. then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in hill forst; end effect: PROVIDED, HOWEVER that this band is v=90d pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(1) of the Tens Government Code and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in amrda= with the provisions of said Article to the soma extent as if it werzrcopied at length herein. r IN WTTNESS WHEREOF, tate sold PrinciPal (s) and Surety (s) have sipm and sealed this i=mum= this 29TH day ci APRIL 19,x,. COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY Surety f ti 'sial AUL=° ' dM M i'1TTOIEY—IN—FACT BUILDING SERVICES ('ISLa! C . no anfie sipad surtY compaty repthat it is duly qualified to do basiamsr in TOM& and bereby desip m DUB GOODWIN an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any tequiaits wdm may be delivered and on wham smice of pro= may be had in magas arising out of such suretyship. COMMERCIAL INDEMN INSURANCE -.COMPANY I a Br CrWei PAUZ CAMEi EQN, ATTORNEY—IN'-FACT-' r Approved as to form: City of Lubbock / 17 aomiy a Nate: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company tberc must be on file a cer0ed eftom the bbf4a" showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Ad=cy in Fan, we annt have OW of prows of am=Y for am filet <r t: r . I i Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company P.O. Box 67 Austin, Texas 78767 L'COMMERCIA DEMN" INSURANCE txi. BD 28300 POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, a Corporation duly organized and existing -under the laws of the State of Texas, having US principal office in Austin, Texas, pursuant to the following resolution, adopted by the Board of Directors of the said Company on the 12th day of May, 1994, to wit: "Resolved, that any officer of the Company shall have authority to make, execute and deliver a Power of Attorney constituting as Attorney - j'" In -Fact, such persons, firms, or corporations as may be selected from time to time. Be It Further Resolved, that the signature of any officer and the Seal of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of Attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile; and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing such facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company and any such powers so executed and certified by facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company in the future with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached." Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company does hereby make, constitute and appoint: IAI-IN W S[`HI11 f=R AR P�1jJ(. QERQ_N State of Texas its true and lawful attorneys) -in -fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to sign, execute, acknowledge and deliver in its behalf, and its act and deed, as follows: ;The obligation of the Company shall not exceed one million ($1;000,000.00) Dollars. And to bind Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bond or undertaking was signed by 7the duly authorized offices of the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, and all the acts of said Attorney(s) pursuant to the authority herein 'given, are hereby ratified and confirmed. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company has caused thesepresentsto be signedby any officerofthe Company and its Corporate Seal to be hereto affixed. ly SEAL John W. Schuler, President State of Texas Fcounty of Travis r"On this 12th day of May, in the year 1994, before me Ann Bennett, a notary public, personally appeared John W. Schuler, personally known 'to me to be the person who executed the within instrument as President, on behalf of the Corporation therein named and acknowledged to me 7 the Corporation executed it. commission Expires 8-6-97 CERTIFICATE Ann Bennett, Notary Public S.- M, i y+ OT Y PMI IgTARY rIJM 71, the undersigned, Secretary of Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company, DO HEREBY CERTIFY that the foregoing and attached Power of Attorney and Certificate of Authority remains in full force and has not been revoked: r5igned and Sealed at the said Cq! $pny 9t Ai stin, Texas dated this 29TH , day of APRT ,19 96 Pad 0hy4AVV-,_, - Paul Cameron, Secretary ® 7' COMMERCIAL INDEMNITY Insurance Company (formerly Commercial Lloyd's Insurance Company) IMPORTANT NOTICE To obtain information or make a complaint: You may contact John Schuler, President of Operations, whose direct dial number is 512-444-7776. You may also fax us information at 512-440-0989. You may also call Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company's toll-free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-234-8046 You may also write to Commercial Indemnity Insurance Company 1507 South I1-1-35, Austin, Texas 78741. You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 You may also write the Texas Department of Insurance: P.O. Box 149104, Austin, Texas 78714-9104, Fax # 512-475-1771. .PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the company first. If the dispute is not resolved you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY: This notice is for information only and does not become a part of condition of the attached document. PERFORMANCE BOND 7 - STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a) OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE r•. (CONTRACTS MORE THAN $ 100,000) KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as Principal(s), and (hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of Dollars ($ ) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, Jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the _ day of 19_, to and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect. PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety * By: D r IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this _ day of ,19 Principal By: (Title) By: (Title) By: (Title) The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship. Surety *By: (Title) Approved as to Form City of Lubbock By: City Attorney * Note: H signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. N signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of attorney for our files. F F CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE Butter -Carson Insurance Agency 4505 82nd St Suite #10 Lubbock TX 79424.9200 ..................................................................... INSURED Lubbock Building Services Jerry Smith DBA P. O. Box 65600.194 Lubbock TX 79464 ............. --- COMPANY `. E LETTER :.........................I.............................. COMPANY D LETTER :......................................................... COMPANY E LEITER CITY OF LUBBOCK P. O. 80X.2000 LUBBOCK TX 79457 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL 10 " DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, :......... E ..... ........one fire) .....a..................50,000..... FIRE DAMAGE (Any I I .. ........... ..... _ ........... p MED EXPENSE (Any one pereon)S ....................................... 5,000 .....................................................................................................................................:.................................:................................................................................. A AUTOMOBILE UABLITY WAA22761986 09/03/95 09/03/96 ; COMBINED SINGLE = 500,000 E ANY AUTO E i LIMIT ... � ...... ..E.. . EALL OWNED AUTOS . BODILY INJURY $ ......- (Per person) SCHEDULED AUTOS :.........: .................................................. AUTOS BODILY �Y E S a i ;....X ..HIRED XENON -OWNED AUTOS a accidn :.........: GARAGE LIABILITY : PROPERTY DAMAGE `$ .........:. .............................. ......................... ............................................... .................... :................................. A E D(CESS LIABILITY UBA82535254 09/03/95 09/03/96 EACH OCCURRENCE _...._._....._......._._........... :$ ......_......_�...._. .... 1 000 000 ..._.._.... w X : UMBRELLA FORM AGGREGATE $ 1,000,000 OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM ........ . ... .... ... .- ........ ......... .................. ....... .. ..... ... WORI�FT'S COMPENSATION 09/29/95 09/29/96 STATUTORY LIMITS ..... ......... EACH ACCIDENT s 100,000 100,000 B AND DISEASE - POLICY LIMIT :$ 500,000 EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY; .. ............................... ... DISEASE - EACH EMPLOYEE .................................. i 100,000 .......... _............ _.............._.........._..............._................. :OTHER ____ ...... .......... ._............... _ ...;......_......................_..... A BUILDER'S RISK TBD 05/01/96 08/01/96 ::PROJECT LIMIT ; 69,240 _ ............ ........ —......................... .............. ............... `_........ .................. ............ DESCRIPTION OF OF'ERATIONSILOCATK)NSNMrLEWSPECLAL ITEMS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY -POLICY #TBD,POLICY PERIOD 5-1-96 ............. .................................... ......... ........................... OWNER'S&CONTRACTOR'S TO 8-1-96,$500,000 LIMIT OF INSURANCE W/CITY OF LUBBOCK AS NAMED INSURED& LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICES AS CONTRACTOR.JOB:EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING.ADDITIONAL INSURED&WAIVER OF SUBROGATION(GENERAL LIABILITY&AUTOMO- BILE LIABILITY)&WAIVER OF SUBROGATION(WORKERS COMPENSATION):CITY OF LUBBOCK CITY OF LUBBOCK P. O. 80X.2000 LUBBOCK TX 79457 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL MAIL 10 " DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT To Be Completed by Appropriate Insurance Agent/Broker Prior to Award of Contract 1, the undersigned Agent/Broker, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by me with the below identified Contractor. If the below identified Contractor is awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten (10) days after being notified of such award by contractor, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid/proposal. Agent (Signature) Name of Agent/Broker: Address of Agent/Broker: City/State/Zip: Agent/Broker Telephone #: ( ) Date: CONTRACTOR'S NAME: (Print or Type ) CONTRACTOR'S ADDRESS: Agent (Print) NOTE TO AGENT/BROKER If this time requirement is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid/proposal and award the contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Purchasing Manager for the City of Lubbock at (806)767-2165. BID #13534 - EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING D CONTRACTOR CHECKLIST A CONTRACTOR SHALL: (1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, (4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (S) retain all required certificates of overage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: r REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials, or providinglabor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an r "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512/440- 3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to �.. provide coverage." and (8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; p (B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project; (C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; t (D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; r 4 (E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: r(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; �- (F) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, �,. (G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the l person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services.0 CONTRACT FCONTRACT STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF LUBBOCK THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 28th day of Anri1.1996. by and between the City of Lubbock, County of t Lubbock, State( of Texas, acting by and through David R Langston, Mayor, thereunto authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as t OWNER, and LUBBOCK BUILDING SERVICES of the City of Lubbock. County of Lubbock, and the State of Texas, hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR. WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: BID # 13534 - EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE BUILDING - $69 Q ,240.00 and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to fiunish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents. The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make payment on account thereof as provided therein. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County, Texas in the year and day first above written. ATTEST: Corporate Secretary CONTRACTOR LBUILDING SERVICES By: UB PRINTED NAME:y S.�E.d Y e 7�n r TITLE: ®w.v v - COMPLETE ADDRESS: Lubbock Building Services 5121 B-1 69th Lubbock, Texas 79424 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT II PI "Till r•) Z Lo"141111RIe i na i Whenever the word Owner, or the expression Party of the First Part, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of Lubbock, Texas. 2. CONTRACTOR Whenever the word Contractor, or the expression Party of the Second Part, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co -partnership or corporation, to -wit: IMBOCK BUILDING SERVICES, who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this contract, or to his or their legal representative. 3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to, City of Lubbock, under whose supervision these contract documents, including plans and specifications, were prepared, and GEORGE LISENBE, BUILDING & ENERGY ADM USTRATOR, who will inspect constructions; or to such other representative, supervisor, or inspector as may be authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisor or inspectors will act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or men acing in behalf of the Contractor. 4. CONTRACT DOMONTS The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Bidders, General Instructions to Bidders, Bid, Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificate, and all other documents made available to Bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders. S. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended, and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of lice import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due Subcontractor. NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sem certified mail to the last business address known to him who gives the notice. r 8. WORK Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized standards. All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents. 9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in'a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment. 10. LAYOUT Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications. -- 11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE The Contractor shall be furnished with one copies of all Plans, Profiles and Specifications without expense to him and he shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site. 12. RIGHT OF ENTRY The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress of quality of the executed work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. He will not be required to — make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or quantity of the work, nor will he be responsible for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. His efforts will be directed towards providing assurances for the Owner that the completed project will conform to the requirements of the contract documents, but he will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. On the basis of his onsite observations, he will keep the Owner informed of the progress of the work and will endeavor to guard the Owner against defects and deficiencies in the work of the Contractor. 13. LINES AND GRADES All lines and grades shall be furnished by the Owner's Representative whenever necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents.. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend his work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation — therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and grades will be needed All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by him, his Subcontractors, or his employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense. :yam y'.�l Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's Representative shall review all work included herein. He has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be necessary to insure the proper execution of the contract. In order to permit delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is further agreed that the Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under this contract. He shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof and shall, in all cases, decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The Owner's Representatives' estimates and findings shall be conditions precedent to the right to any action on the contract, and to any rights of the Contractor to receive any money under this contract. The Owner's Representative shall, within a reasonable time, render and deliver to both the Owner and the Contractor a written decision on all claims of the parties hereto and on all questions which may arise relative to the execution of the work or the interpretation of the contract, specifications and plans. 15. SUPERIldTENDENCE AND INSPECTION It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is fiunished and said work is done in accordance with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within six (6) days make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for his decision. 16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in his absence and all directions given to him shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. Adequate supervision by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor. The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor. The Owner or Owner's Representatives will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any subcontractors, or any of his agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work. 17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING r It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied himself as to the nature and location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way effect the work under this contract. No verbal agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, either before or after the execution of this contract, shall effect or modify any of the terms or obligations herein contained. 18. CHARACTER OF WORKMEN The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent men, skillful in the performance in the type of work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform him in writing that any man or men on the work, are, in his opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, or disorderly, such man or men shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's Representative's written consent. 19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted. The building of structures for the housing of men or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the Owner's Representative shall direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such stricture shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. 20. SANITATION Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced. 21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING •— The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all reasonable times to observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access for such observation and testing at any location wherever work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall ascertain the supe of any observation which may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's Representative may reject any work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents, regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether Owner's Observer has previously accepted the work through oversight or otherwise. If any work should be covered without approval or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. If any work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the requirements of any such tests, inspections or approval, and any work which meets the requirements of any such tests or approval but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective. Such defective work shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense. r Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under this agreement to make such inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. 22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES L It is further agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owners' Representative as unsuitable or not in conformity with plans, specification and contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such work so that it shall be in full accordance with this contract. It is further agreed that any remedial action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at POW Contractor's expense. 23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thercot either before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying bond. If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with If they increase the amount of work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for any actual loss occasioned by such change, due to actual expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned. 24. EXTRA WORK The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's bid, except as provided under Changes and Alterations herein. It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the direction of the Owner's Representative when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following methods: Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the actual field cost of the work, plus fifteen (15%) percent. In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C), then the provisions of this paragraph shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workmen, such as foremen, timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred, together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the . Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of �' the actual field cost shall be kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%, unless — otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15016) of the actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate him for his profit, overhead, general superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost." No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which he should receive compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, he shall make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost _ thereoty as provided under Method (C). The Contractor will thereby preserve the right to submit the matter of payment to arbitration as herein below provided. 25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS It is further agreed that it is the intent of this contract that all work described in the bid, the specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. If the Contractor finds any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents, he should notify the Owners' Representative and obtain a clarification before the bids are received, and if no such request is received by the Owner's Representative prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be considered that the Contractor fully understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in his bid to complete the work in accordance with these plans and specifications. It is further understood that any request for clarification must be submitted no later than five days prior to the opening of bids. 26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase his force or equipment, or both, to such an extent as to give reasonable assurance of — compliance with the schedule of progress. 27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible _ with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, his sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and save harmless the Owner and all of its officers, agents and employees from all suits, actions, or claims of any character whatsoever, brought for or on account of any injuries or damages received or sustained by any person or persons or property, on account of any negligent act or fault of the Contractor or any subcontractor, their agents or employees, in the execution and supervision of said contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract, on account of the failure of Contractor or any subcontractor to provide necessary barricades, warning lights, or signs and will be required to pay any judgment with costs which may be obtained against the Owner or any of its officers, agents, or employees including attorney's fees. The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in his sole discretion as an Independent Contractor, inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as reminders to the Contractor of his duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of his subcontractors. ,.. 28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer waiving the right to subrogation The insurance certificates furnished shall name the City as an additional insured and shall further state that all subcontractors are named as additional insureds, or in the alternative, shall be accompanied by a statement from the Contractor to the effect that no work on this particular project shall be subcontracted. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution. A. Comprehensive General Liability Insurance The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $500,000 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and per occurrence to include: Premises and Operations Explosion & Collapse Hazard Underground Damage Hazard Products & Completed Operations Hazard Contractual Liability Independent Contractors Coverage Personal Injury Advertising Injury i B. Owner's Protective or Contingent Public Liability Insurance and Property Damage Liability Insurance. i t For bodily injuries, including accidental death and or property damage, $500.000 Combined Single Limit. This policy shall be submitted prior to contract execution C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than, Bodily Injury/Property Damage, 5500.000 Combined Single Limit, ^ to include all owned and nonowned cars including: Employers Nonownership Liability Hired and Nonowned Vehicles. The City is to be named as an additional insured on this policy for this specific job and copy of the endorsement doing so is to be attached to the Certificate of Insurance. —' D. Builder's Risk Insurance The Contractor shall obtain a Builder's Risk policy in the amount of 0% of the total contract price (1000/a of potential loss) naming the City of Lubbock as insured. E. Umbrella Liability Insurance The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $500.000 on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages. F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $500.000. 1. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self - insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC- �- 84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance overage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor'stperson's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in 0406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. 2. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification odes and payroll -- amounts and filing of any overage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. _ 3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. 4. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. S. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the governmental entity: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (b) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, ff the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project.' 6 The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. 7. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. 8. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. 9. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on the pmject, to: (a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project, (b) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (c) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, (d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. 11. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the -- breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. G. Proof of Coverage Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance -" company setting forth: (1) The name and address of the insured. (2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies. (3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by such certificate. (5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at the address shown in the bid specifications. (6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate. (7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable. (8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project. (9) A Contractor shall: C (a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements; (b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project; (c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, (d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; (g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19 point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes: REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE "The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and materials or proving labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their employer or status as an employee." "Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 5111440-3789 to receive information on the legal requirement for coverage, to ver fy whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to provide coverage. " and (h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the r project, for the duration of the project; f 4 (ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the pmject; (iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this rule; (iv) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, (vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter, (vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (A) • (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. 29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES Contractors having more than 15 employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment. 30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS. MATERIALMEN, AND FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY. EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES The Contractor agrees that he will indemnify and save the Owner harmless from all claims growing out of any demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, materialmen and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof; equipment, power tools, all suppliers, including commissary, incurred in the furtherance of the performance of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid, discharged or waived. If during the progress of the work, Contractor shall allow any indebtedness to accrue for work furnished by any of those designated in the preceding paragraph and shall fail to pay and discharge any such indebtedness within five (S) days after demand is made, then Owner may, during the period for which such indebtedness shall remain unpaid, withhold from the unpaid portion of this contract, a sum equal to the amount of such unpaid indebtedness or may apply the sum so withheld to discharge any such indebtedness. Any and all communications between any party under this paragraph must be in writing. 7 31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION The contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or Owner thereof. The Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or required in these contract documents by Owner, provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner harmless from any loss on account thereof. If the material or process specified or required by Owner is an infringement, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless he promptly gives written notice to the Owner of such infringement. 32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, which in any manner effect the contract or the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner against any claims arising from the violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor or his employees. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall promptly notify the Owners' Representative in writing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract for changes in the work. If the Contractor performs any work knowing it to be contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, he shall bear all costs arising therefrom. The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same'effect as though embodied herein. 33. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING The Contractor further agrees that he will retain personal control and will give his personal attention to the fulfillment of this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from his full obligations to the Owner, as provided by this contractual agreement. 34. TWE FOR COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning and time for completion as specified in the contract of work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is fin ther mutually understood and agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced on a date to be specified in the Notice to Proceed If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to complete the work within the time herein specified, or any proper extension thereof granted by the Owner, then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $200.00 (TWO HUNDRED DOLLARS) PER DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every calendar day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for completing the work. It is expressly understood and agreed,by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration the average climatic change and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because of the impracticability and pool extreme difficulty in fixing and ascertaining actual damages the Owner would in such event sustain, and the amount is agreed to be damages the Owner would sustain and shall be retained by the Owner from current periodical estimates for payments or from final payment. It is further agreed and understood between the Contractor and Owner that time is of the essence of this contract. 35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION It is the meaning and intent of this contrail, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall be allowed to prosecute his work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution shall be such that the — work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the bid; provided, also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by his own force, the Owner's Representative may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts. 36. EXTENSION OF TIME The Contractor agrees that he has submitted his bid in full recognition of the time required for the completion of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 33 hereinabove set forth and that he shall not be entitled to, nor will he request, an extension of time on this contract, except when his work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other contractors employed by the owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the public enemy, fire or flood. The Contractor may apply in writing for an extension of time, submitting therewith all written justification as may be required by Owner's Representative for such an extension as requested by Contractor. The Owner's Representative within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request for an extension of time by the Contractor supported by all requested documentation shall then consider such written request and respond to Contractor in writing granting or rejecting the request for an extension of time to complete the project. 37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS In executing the contract agreement, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein fixed, he has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such work, whether -- growing out of delays in securing material or workmen or otherwise. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which event, such expense as in the judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be paid by Owner to Contractor. 38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length, area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the event this contrail is -- let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contrail, including the specifications, plans and other contrail documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to be famished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown for the various classes of work to be done and material to be famished under this contrail, they are approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their bids offered for the work. It is understood and agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method, payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the •` project. i 39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and he shall be liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner against any claim or claims for damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, arising or growing out of the performance of this contract, but such indemnity shall not apply to any claim of any kind arising out of the existence or character of the work 40. PRICE FOR WORK In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the bid attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive such price in fill for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses incurred by him and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's Representative. 41. PAYMENTS No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work fimsh the Owner or Owner's Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract. 42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS �- On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical ,. the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month; said statement shall also include the value of all sound materials delivered on site of the work that are to be fabricated into the work. The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the Owner's r— Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less S% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that maybe retained by Owner under the terms of this agreement. It is understood, however, that in case the whole work be near to completion, and this fact is certified to by n the of the due to no fault or negligence o Representative and some unexpected and some unusual de occurs g'hg pmt � Owner's Represen xpected lay `k Contractor, the Owner may upon written recommendation of Owner's Representative pay a reasonable and equitable portion of the retained percentage due Contractor. 43. FINAL COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE Within thirty-one (3 1) days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been completed or substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time, if the work be found to be completed or substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor his certificate of completion, and thereupon it shall be the duty of the Owner within thirty-one (3 1) days to issue a certificate of acceptance of the work to the Contractor. — 44. FINAL PAYMENT Upon the issuance of the certificate of completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement and prepare a final statement of the value of all work performed and materials furnished under the terms of the agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner, who shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31st day after the date of certificate of completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement, provided he has fully performed his contractual -' obligations under the terms of this contract; and said payment shall become due in any event upon said performance by the Contractor. Neither the certificate of acceptance nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the special conditions (if — any) of this contract or required in the specifications made a part of this contract. 45. CORRECTION OF WORK BEFORE FINAL PAYMENT FOR WORK Contractor shall promptly remove from Owners' premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative on account of failure to conform to the contract, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and Contractor shall at his own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to the requirements of the contract. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such condemned work within a reasonable time after a written notice by the Owner or the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. 46. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for " faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of substantial completion. The Owner or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness. 47. PAYMENT WITHHELD The Owner may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify the whole or part of any certificate to such extent as may be necessary to protect himself from loss on account of: (a) Defective work not remedied. (b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims. (c) Failure of the Contractor to make payments promptly to subcontractors or for materials or labor. (d) Damage to another contractor. When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, which will protect the Owner in the amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them. 48. TIME OF FILING CLAIMS It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor shall be in _ writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) days after the Owner's Representative has given any directions, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception. The Owners' Representative shall reply to such written exceptions by the Contractor and render his final decision in writing. In case the Contractor should appeal from the decision of the Owner's Representative, any demand for arbitration shall be filed with the Owner's Representative 1� I I } and the Owner in writing within ten (10) days after the date of delivery to Contractor of the final decision of the Owner's Representative. It is further agreed that final acceptance of the work by the Owner and the acceptance by the Contractor of �•-the final payment shall be a bar to any claim by either party, except where noted otherwise in the contract documents. 49. ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR In case the Contractor should abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within ten (10) days after written notification from C the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or if the Contractor fails to comply with the orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, this Agreement, or the Specifications hereto attached, then the Surety on r" the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered to the s. Contractor. r,. After receiving said notice of abandonment, the Contractor shall not remove from the work any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement. In case the Surety should fail to commence compliance with the notice for completion hereinbefore provided for within ten (10) days after service of such notice, then the Owner may provide for completion of the work in either of the following elective manners: (a) The Owner may employ such force of men and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor, machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner, or (b) The Owner, under sealed bids, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case of any increase in cost to the owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain bound therefore. However, should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited therewith. When the work shall have been substantially completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certificates of completion and acceptance, as provided in paragraph 42 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his Surety, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the rase may be, shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certificate of completion. In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when the Contractor and/or his Surety shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then all machinery, equipment, tools, _ materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be tamed over to the Contractor and/or his Surety. Should the cost to t complete the work exceed the contract price, and the Contractor and/or his Surety fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work, notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the E Contractor and his Surety at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such shall held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety subject only to the duty of the Owner to exercise ordinary to be protect p such property. After fifteen (15) days from the date of said notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety. Such sale may be made at either public or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools, materials, or supplies which remain on the *jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, to their proper owners. 50. ABANDONMENT BY OWNER In rase the Owner shall fail to comply with the terms of this contract, and should fail or refuse to comply with said terms within ten (10) days after written notification by the Contractor, then the Contractor may suspend or wholly abandon the work, and may remove therefrom all machinery, tools, and equipment, and all materials on the ground that have not been included in payments to the Contractor and have not been incorporated into the work. Thereupon, the Owner's Representative shall make an estimate of the total amount earned by the Contractor, which estimate shall include the value of all work actually completed by said Contractor at the prices stated in the attached bid, the value of all partially completed work at a fair and equitable price, and the amount of all Extra. Work performed at the prices agreed upon, or provided for by the terms of this contract, and a reasonable sum to cover the cost of any provisions made by the Contractor to carry the whole work to completion, and which cannot be utilized. The Owner's Representative shall then make a final statement of the balance due the Contractor by deducting from the above estimate all previous payments by the Owner and all other sums that may be retained by the Owner under the terms of this Agreement, and shall certify same to the Owner who shall pay to the Contractor on or before thirty (30) days after the date of the notification by the Contractor the balance shown by said final statement as due the Contractor, under the terms of this Agreement. 51. BONDS The successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100'/6 of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $ 100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of -- 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds, if required, shall be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by an approved Surety Company authorized to do business in the State of Texas. And it is further agreed that this contract shall not be in effect until such bonds are so furnished. 52. SPECIAL CONDITIONS In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions shall control. 53. LOSSES FROM NATURAL CAUSES Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the same, or from unusual obstructions or difficulties which may be encountered in the prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the "— Contractor at his own cost and expense. 54. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR — Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority to direct, supervise, and control his own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work covered hereby.. The _ fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's work during his performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation. 55. CLEANING UP The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at the completion of the work he shall remove all such debris and also his tools, scaffolding, and surplus materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be Idt in good order and condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor. F CURRENT WAGE DETERMINATIONS 0 DGV:da RESOLUTION Resolution 72502 January 8, 1987 Agenda Item #18 WHEREAS, the City Council has heretofore established the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for each craft or type of workmen or mechanics needed to execute public works contracts for the City of Lubbock in accordance with the provisions of Vernon's Ann.Civ.St., Art. 5159a; and WHEREAS, such wage rates were established by Resolution No. 719 enacted February 12, 1981, updated by Resolution No. 1590 enacted February 23, 1984; and WHEREAS, such rates need to be updated at the present time in order to reflect the current prevailing rate of per diem wages; NOW THEREFORE: BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK: THAT the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for public works contracts shall be as set forth in the following named exhibits, which exhibits shall be attached hereto and made a part hereof for all intents and purposes: Exhibit A: Building Construction Trades Exhibit B: Paving and Highway Construction Trades Exhibit C: Electrical Trades Exhibit D: Overtime Rate Exhibit E: Weekend and Holiday Rate Such wage rates are hereby found and declared to be the general prevailing rate of per diem wages in all localities where public works are undertaken on behalf of the City of Lubbock and such wage rates shall be included in all public works contracts as provided by law. Passed by the City Council this 8th day of January 1987. ''.-A•TTEST7: �` �� 'rr el •. . � _ !.._ "�� —_2 tea-- .. jRanettek-Boyd, City Secretary APPROVED Td ONTENT: �Bi 1 Pyne, D rector of Building !Services S e. & -ham B.C. McMINN, MAYOR APPROVED AS TO FORM: Do ld G. Vandiver, First \ Assistant City Attorney i Is r EXHIBIT A City of Lubbock Building Construction Trades Prevailing Rates Craft Hourly Rate Acoustical Ceiling Installer $11.60 Air Conditioner Installer 8.35 Air Conditioner Installer -Helper 5.50 Bricklayer 10.50 Bricklayer -Helper 5.00 Carpenter 11.00 Carpenter -Helper 5.50 Cement Finisher 7.35 Drywall Hanger 8.70 Electrician 10.50 Electrician-HelPer 5.25 Equipment Operator - Heavy 8.00 Light 5.70 Floor Installer 8.00 Glazier 7.50 Insulator, Piping/Boiler 9.50 Insulator -Helper 5.00 Iron Worker 7.30 Laborer, General 4.75 Mortar Mixer 5.60 Painter 8.75 Plumber 9.25 Plumber -Helper 6.00 Roofer 7.65 Roofer -Helper 4.75 Sheet Metal Worker 8.75 Sheet Metal Worker -Helper 5.50 Welder - Certified 8.00 0 EXHIBIT B Paving and Highway Construction Prevailing Wage Rates Craft Hourly Rate Asphalt Heaterman $5.25 Asphalt Shoveler 4.75 Concrete Finisher 7.35 Concrete Finisher -Helper 4.75 Electrician 10.50 Flagger 4.75 Form Setter 6.50 Form Setter -Helper 5.50 Laborer, General 4.75 Laborer, Utility 5.80 Mechanic 6.50 Mechanic -Helper 6.00 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS Asphalt Paving Machine 6.00 Bulldozer 5.25 Concrete Paving Machinist 6.50 Front End Loader 5.85 Heavy Equipment Operator 6.40 Light Equipment Operator 6.40 Motor Grade Operator 8.00 Roller 5.25 Scraper 5.25 Tractor 5.50 Truck Driver - Light 5.25 Heavy 5.25 7 7. EXHIBIT C Electric Construction Trades Prevailing Wage Rates Craft Hourly Rate Power Line Foreman $11.00 Lineman Journeyman 10.45 Lineman Apprentice Series 8.90 Groundman Series 7.25 EXHIBIT D Prevailing Wage Rates Overtime Rate The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) is 1 1/2 times base rate. EXHIBIT E Prevailing Wage Rates Weekend and Holiday Rate The rate for weekend and holiday is 1 1/2 times base rate. 1 SPECIFICATIONS PROJECT MANUAL NEW EXIT STAIRS AT MUNICIPAL SQUARE FOR THE CITY OF LUBBOCK LUBBOCK, TEXAS #898-96C COX/DIRKS ARCHITECTS PC LUBBOCK, TEXAS T�OFS. MARCH 1, 1996 SET NO. rTABLE OF CONTENTS NOTE: These documents have been arranged in accordance with the CSI Format for Construction Specifications. DTVTSTON ' 1 - GENERAL REQUTREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01040 PROJECT COORDINATION 01045 CUTTING AND PATCHING • 01095 REFERENCE STANDARD AND DEFINITIONS 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01631 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT nTVTSTON 2 - SITEWORK 02070 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02110 SITE CLEARING ,. 02160 EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 02200 EARTHWORK DTVTSTON 3 - CONCRETE 03300 4 MASONRY CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE •• DTVTSTON - NOT APPLICABLE nTVTSTON -5 - METALS 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS 05700 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS ORNAMENTAL METALWORK DTVTSTON - NOT APPLICABLE DTVISTON 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07901 JOINT SEALANTS DTVTSTON 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08110 STEEL DOORS & FRAMES 08211 FLUSH WOOD DOORS nTVTSTON 9 - FTNTSHES (" 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER ( 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING 09681 09900 CARPETING PAINTING t; 898-96C maaT^ �v 0nVTrNTTP pArF 1 OF ? DTVTSTON10- SPECIALTIES 10155 TOILET COMPARTMENTS I)TVTSTON 11 - EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE DTVTSTON 12 - FURNISHINGS NOT APPLICABLE DTVTSTON 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NOT APPLICABLE DTVTSTON 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS NOT APPLICABLE DTVTSTON 15 - MECHANICAL 15000 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL AND -ELECTRICAL 15110 PLUMBING 15180 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING DTVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 16110 ELECTRICAL 898-96C rn7% VT rl n" T"nr i nTll I I SECTTON 01010 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 4, RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to this section. PROJECT DESCRIPTION Project name is "New Exit Stairs At Municipal Square for The City of Lubbock" as shown on Contract Documents prepared by Cox/Dirks Architects, P.C. Drawings and Specifications are dated March 1, 1996. rontract Documents: The Contract Documents indicate the types of minimum requirements of procedure and performance of the Work of the Contract and related requirements and conditions that have an impact on the Project. Related requirements and conditions that are indicated on the Contract Documents include, but are not necessarily limited to the following: Special conditions. Existing site conditions and restrictions on use of the site. Alterations and coordination with existing conditions. Allowances. Coordinate with Owner's subcontractor performing work at the Project site. Summary by References: Work of the Contract can be summarized by references to the Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Specification Sections, Drawings, addenda and modifications to the Contract Documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of this project manual and including but not necessarily limited to printed material referenced by any of these. It is recognized that work of the Contract is also unavoidably affected or influenced by governing regulations, natural phenomenon including weather conditions and other forces outside the Contract Documents. Abbreviated Written Summary: Briefly and without force and effect upon the contract documents, the Work of the Contract can be summarized as follows: !w The Work of this Contract includes coordination of the entire Work of the Projects, including preparation of general coordination drawings, diagrams and schedules, and control of site utilization, from beginning of construction activity through project close-out and warranty periods. The Work includes all demolition, earthwork, footing, concrete walls, i� concrete stairs, railing as shown on the drawings. l The Work includes wood and hollow metal door, hardware, ceilings, floor and wall finishes. The Work includes reworking of existing lighting and power devices, mechanical duct work, and fire sprinkler system. A new sump pump will 898-96C t11 (11 rl - 1 be added at the new stair well. General: Limit use of the premises to construction activities in areas indicated; allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public. Confine operations to areas within Contract limits indicated. Portions of the site beyond areas in which construction operations are indicated are not to be disturbed. Keep driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and ~ available to the Owner and the Owner's employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. Inform and coordinate Work with Owner to minimize disruption of existing operations. Lock automotive type vehicles, such as passenger cars and trucks and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave such vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place. Use of the Existing Building: Maintain the existing building in a weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage -- caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the building and its occupants during the construction period. Keep public areas and service areas free from accumulation of waste materials, rubbish or construction debris. Smoking or open fires will not be permitted within the building enclosure or on the premises. Maintain required fire exits from the building at all times. Prevent any damage to existing finishes scheduled to remain. Full Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during the entire construction period. Cooperate with the Owner or his representative during construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner usage. Perform the Work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operations or safety of the public. _ Selected materials and equipment, and in some cases, their installation, are shown and specified in the Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation. Additional requirements, if necessary, will be issued by Change Order. 898-96C SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01010 - 2 f Coordinate materials and their- installation for each allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related construction activities. At the earliest feasible date_ after Contract award, advise the Architect of the date when the final selection and purchase of each product or system described by an allowance must be completed in order to avoid delay in performance of the Work. Purchase products and systems as selected by the Architect from the designated supplier. Submittals: Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in the form specified for Change Orders. Submit invoices or delivery slips to indicate actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in fulfillment of each allowance. Change Order Data: Include in each Change Order proposal both the quantities of products being purchased and unit costs, along with total amount of purchases to be made. Where requested, furnish survey -of - requirements data to substantiate quantities. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges, and amounts of applicable trade discounts. Change Order Mark-Up: The amount of each Change Order resulting form final selection of products and systems covered by an allowance shall be the difference between purchase order amount and allowance, and shall not include Contractor's mark-up (or subcontractor's mark-up) except to the extent clearly demonstrated (by Contractor) that either scope of installation or nature of work required was changed fram that which could have been foreseen from description of allowance and other information in Contract Documents. Unit -Cost: Each Change Order amount for unit -cost type allowance shall be based solely on the difference between the actual unit purchase amount and the unit allowance, multiplied by the final measure or count of work- in -place, with reasonable allowances, where applicable,. for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections and similar margins. Include installation costs in base bid price. When requested, prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate the margins as claimed. Prepare and submit substantiation of a change in the scope of work ( if any) claimed in the Change Orders related to unit -cost type allowances. The Owner reserves the right to establish the actual quantity of work- in -place by an independent quantity survey, measure or count. 898-96C SUMMARY OF THE WORK 01010 - 3 r RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. This section specifies minimum administrative and supervisory requirements necessary for Project coordination including but are not necessarily limited to the following: Coordinate General installation provisions. i Cleaning and protection. Conservation and salvage. COORDINATION coordination: Coordinate construction activities included under various Sections of these Specifications to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations included under different Sections of the Specifications that are dependent upon each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. Where installation of one part of the Work is dependent on installation of other components, either before or after its own installation, schedule construction activities in the sequence required to obtain the best results. Where availability of space is limited, coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service and repair. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. 1 LIMITATIONS ON USE OF THE SITE General: Limitations on site usage as well as specific requirements that impact site utilization are indicated on the drawings and by other contract documents. In addition to these limitations and requirements, administer allocation of available space equitably among entities needing both access and space so as to produce the best overall efficiency in performance of the total work of the project. Schedule deliveries so as to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). GENERAL TNSTALLATTON PROVISIONS Tnspecti on of Conditions: Require the Installer of each major unit of work to inspect both the substrate and conditions under which the work is 898-96C PROJECT COORDINATION 01040 - 1 to be performed. The Installer shall report all unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the Contractor. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the Installer. Manufacturer's In ru;ons: Comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to the extent that these instructions and recommendations are more explicit or more -- stringent than requirements indicated in the Contract Documents. Inspect all materials or equipment immediately prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items: Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work. Secure work true to line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances. Allow for expansion movement. Visual f Provide uniform joint width in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable visual -effect choices to the Architect for final decision. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work, as an integral step of starting each installation. Install each unit -of -work during weather conditions and project status _ which will ensure the best possible results in coordination with the entire work. Mounting xeights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install individual units of work at American Disability Act Accessability Guidlines mounting heights for the particular application indicated. _ Refer questionable mounting height choices to the Architect for final decision. General: During handling and installation, clean' and protect work in progress and adjoining work on the basis of continuous maintenance. Apply protective covering on installed work where it is required to ensure freedom from damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. Clean and maintain completed work as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust "and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. Limiting F-posures; Supervise construction activities to ensure that none of the work, whether completed or in progress, will be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. Where applicable, such exposures include, but not by way of limitation, the following: Excessive static Excessively high Thermal shock. Water or ice. Solvents. Light. 898-96C or dynamic loading. or low temperatures. 01 040 ? 7 F. r r :• ••:� ►s •► •► Soiling, staining and corrosion. Combustion. Electrical current. Misalignment. Excessive weathering. Unprotected storage. Improper shipping or handling. Theft, or vandalism. General: It is a requirement for supervision and administration of the work that construction operations be carried out with the maximum possible consideration given to conservation of energy, water and materials. In addition, maximum consideration shall be given to salvaging materials and equipment involved in performance of the work but not incorporated therein. Refer to other sections for required disposition of salvage materials which are the Owner's property. 898-96C T? L+ () T r rl lr (' n n'0 T. T *.T T T T n? TT RPLATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for cutting and patching. gAfer to other Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching individual parts of the Work. Requirements of this Section apply to mechanical and electrical installations. Refer to Division -15 and Division -16 Sections for other requirements and limitations applicable to cutting and patching mechanical and electrical installations. nPmoliti_on of selected portions of the building for alterations is included in Section "Selective Demolition". SUBMITTALS cuttina and Patching PrOPOsal : Where approval of procedures for cutting and patching is required before proceeding, submit a proposal describing procedures well in advance of the time cutting and patching will be • performed and request approval to proceed. Include the following information, as applicable, in the proposal: Describe the extent of cutting and patching required and how it is to be performed; indicate why it cannot be avoided. Describe anticipated results in terms of changes to existing construction; include changes to structural elements and operating components as well as changes in the building's appearance and other significant visual elements. List products to be used and firms or entities that will perform Work. Indicate dates when cutting and patching is to be performed. P List utilities that will be disturbed or affected, including those that will be relocated and those that will be temporarily out -of -service. Indicate how long service will be disrupted. Where cutting and patching involves addition of reinforcement to structural elements, submit details and engineering calculations from r. a licensed professional engineer to show how reinforcement is integrated with the original structure. Approval by the Architect to proceed with cutting and patching does E not waive the Architect's right to later require complete removal and replacement of a part of the Work found to be unsatisfactory. t t; 898-96C CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 1 Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner that would result in a reduction of load -carrying capacity or of load -deflection ratio'. Before cutting and patching the following categories of work, obtain the Architect's approval to proceed with cutting and patching as described in the procedural proposal for cutting and patching.. Bearing walls. Structural steel. Lintels. Timber and primary wood framing. Structural decking. Miscellaneous structural metals. Piping, ductwork and equipment. Operational and Safptv Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational — elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner intended, including energy performance, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life or decreased safety. Obtain approval of the cutting and patching proposal before cutting and patching the following operating elements or safety related systems: Primary operational systems and equipment. Air or smoke barriers. Water, moisture, or vapor barriers. Membranes and flashings. Fire protection systems. �- Noise and vibration control elements and systems. Control systems. Communication systems Electrical wiring systems. Visual R - . m .n s: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's exterior or interior spaces in a manner that would, in the Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities, or result in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Remove and replace work judged by the Architect to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. Retain qualified experienced installer or fabricator to cut and patch the following categories of exposed Work, or if it is not possible to engage the original installer or fabricator, engage another recognized experienced and specialized firm: Processed concrete finishes. " Stonework and stone masonry. Matched -veneer woodwork. Plaster. Acoustical ceilings. Terrazzo. Finished wood flooring. Carpeting. Wall covering. 898-96C CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 2 r CUTTING AND PATCHING, CONT i h Tile flooring. PART 2 - PRODUCTS MATERIALS Use materials for cutting and patching that are identical to existing materials. If identical materials are not available, or cannot be used, use materials that match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect. Use materials that will result. 'in equal -or -better performance characteristics than that of existing materials. Before cutting, examine the surfaces to be cut and patched and the conditions under which the work is to be performed. If unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding with the work. PREPARATION Temporary umor To prevent failure, provide temporary support of work to be cut. Protection: Protect other work during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection frau adverse weather conditions for that part of the project that may be exposed during cutting and patching operations. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. �., Take all precautions necessary to avoid cutting existing pipe, conduit, or duct serving the building but scheduled to be relocated, until provisions have been made to bypass them. I PM PERFORMANCE General: Employ skilled workmen to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete without delay. Cutting: Cut the work using methods that are least likely to damage work to be retained or adjoining work. Where possible, review proposed procedures with the original installer; comply with original installer's recommendations. In general where cutting is required, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chonnina. Cut through concrete and masonry using a cutting machine such as a carborundum saw or core drill to insure a neat hole. Cut holes and slots neatly to size required with minimum disturbance of adjacent 898-96C 01045 - 3 CUTTING AND PATCHING work. To avoid marring existing finished surfaces, cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. Roof deck is to be neatly sawed where any penetration occurs. Comply with requirements of applicable sections of Division 2 where cutting and patching requires excavating and backfilling. By-pass utility services such as pipe and conduit before cutting, where such utility services are shown or required to be removed, relocated or abandoned. Cut-off conduit and pipe in walls or partitions to be removed. After by-pass and cutting, cap, valve or plug and seal tight remaining portion of pipe and conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter. Patchina; Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances for the work. Where feasible, inspect and test patched structural areas to demonstrate integrity of work. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas, and where necessary extend .. finish restoration into retained adjoining work in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. Where removal of walls or partitions extends one finished area into another finished area, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space to provide an even surface of uniform color and appearance. If necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance, remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials. Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing patch, after patched area has received prime and base coat. Patch, repair or rehang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even plane surface of uniform appearance. CLEANING Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where work is performed or used as access to work. Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition. _ 898-96C CUTTING AND PATCHING 01045 - 4 r Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. apn._ral: Definitions contained in this Article are not necessarily complete, but are general to the extent that they are not defined more explicitly elsewhere in the Contract Documents. In ; ated: The term indicated refers to graphic representations, notes or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in Specifications, and similar requirements in Contract Documents. Where terms such as "shown", "noted", "scheduled", and "specified" are used, it is to help locate the reference; nolimitationof location is intended except as specifically noted. Directed: Terms such as directed requested , authorized , "Selected", "approved", "required", and "permitted" mean "directed by the Architect", "requested by the Architect", and similar phrases. However, no implied meaning shall be interpreted to extend the Architect's responsibility into the Contractor's area of construction supervision. Approved: The term "approved", where used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the responsibilities and duties of the Architect stated in the Conditions of the Contract. Such approval shall not release the Contractor from responsibility to fulfill Contract Document requirements, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Rea lation The term "Regulations" includes laws, statutes, ordinances and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work, whether they are lawfully imposed by authorities having jurisdiction or not. Furnish: The term "furnish" is used to mean "supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. Tnstall: The term "install" is used to describe operations at Project Site including the actual "unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, M placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning and similar operations". Provide: The term "provide" means "to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. Installer: An "Installer" is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor or contractor of L lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application and similar operations. Installers .. are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to i. perform. 898-96EC 01095 - 1 I REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 0.14 3:23 C DO[of .11 ► I )YA 3 11M.1►1 1 Do a am*fats)► •► &1 Trades: Using terms such as carpentry does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as carpenter. It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name, Assigning Specialists: Certain Sections of the Specifications require that specific construction activities shall be performed by specialists who are recognized experts in those operations. The specialists must be engaged for those activities, and their assignments are requirements over which the Contractor has no option. However, the ultimate responsibility for fulfilling Contract requirements remains with the Contractor. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcing building codes and similar regulations governing the Work. It is also not intended to interfere with local trade union jurisdictional settlements_ and similar conventions. Project Site is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on Drawings, and may or may not be identical with the description of the land upon which the Project is to be built. Testing Agencies: A "testing agency" is an independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on, and, if required, to interpret, results of those inspections or tests. SPECIFICATION FORMAT AND CONTENT EXPLANATION Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based on the Construction Specifications Institute's 16 -Division format and the MASTERFORMAT numbering system. Specification Content: This Specification uses certain conventions regarding the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows: Abbrtmviated r,angyagg: Language used in Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and implied, but not stated, shall be interpolated as the sense requires. Singular words will be interpreted as plural and plural words interpreted as singular were applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. Imperative and strpamlined language is used generally in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to _ be performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor, or by others when so noted. The words "shall be" are implied wherever a color (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 898-96BC �- REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 2 RRVRR NCR STANDARD G AND DEFINITTONS CONT'D Graphic gymbols used on the Drawings are those recognized in the construction industry for,purposes='indicated: Where not otherwise noted, symbols are defined by "Architectural Graphic Standards", published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., seventh edition. nhanical/E1ent-ricai Drawi_nas: Graphic symbols used on mechanical and electrical Drawings are generally aligned with symbols recommended by ASHRAE.Where appropriate, they are supplemented by more specific symbols recommended by technical associations including ASME, ASPE, IEEE and similar organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Architect for clarification before proceeding. ppnlic- bility of andards: Except where Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into Contract Documents. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. Individual Sections indicate which codes and standards the Contractor must keep available at the Project Site for reference. Publics ion Dates: Where compliance with an industry standard is required, comply with the standardineffect as of date of Contract Documents. undated Standards: At the request of the Architect, Contractor or authority having jurisdiction, submit a Change Order proposal where an applicable code or standard has been revised and reissued after the date of the Contract Documents and before performance of Work affected. The Architect will decide whether to issue a Change Order to proceed with the updated standard. ronf1ic ina_ Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified, and they establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, the most stringent requirement will be enforced, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. Refer requirements that are different, but apparently equal, and uncertainties as to which quality level is more stringent to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. Minimum Quantities or Quality Levels: In every instance the quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum to be provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly, within specified tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed that minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum values, as noted, or appropriate for the context of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Architect for decision before proceeding. pipa of Standar: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be familiar with industry standards applicable to that, entity's construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. t- Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required 1 construction activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. 898-96BC REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 3 Although copies of standards needed for enforcement of requirements may be part of required submittals, the Architect reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit additional copies as necessary for enforcement of requirements. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently abbreviated. Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications or other Contract Documents they mean the recognized name of the trade association, •standards generating organization, authority having jurisdiction or other entity applicable to the context of the. text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by Gale Research Co., available in most libraries. Federal Government AgnriPa: Names and,titles of federal government standard- or Specification -producing agencies are often abbreviated. Acronyms or abbreviations referenced in the Contract Documents indicate names of standard- or Specification -producing agencies of the federal government. S BMTTTAT, Permits, Licenses and Certificates For the. Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgements, and similar documents, correspondence and records established -' in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable) PART 3 - EX .CUTTnN (Not Applicable) 898-96BC t - REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095 - 4 speTTON 01340 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES PART 1 GENERAL Drawings and general provisions of Contract; including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. DRSC'RTPTTON OF RRQUTR .M TS The types of submittal requirements specified in this section include shop drawings, product data, samples and miscellaneous work-related submittals. Individual submittal requirements are specified in applicable sections for each unit of work. Refer to other Division 1 sections and other contract documents for requirements for administrative submittals. nPfini ions: Work-related submittals of this section are categorized for convenience as follows: Shop drawings include specially -prepared technical data for this project, including drawings, diagrams, performance curves, data sheets, schedules, templates, patterns, reports, calculations, instructions, measurements and similar information not in standard printed form for general application to a range of similar projects. Product data include standard printed information on materials, products and systems; not specially -prepared for this project, other than the designation of selections from among available, choices printed therein. samples include both fabricated and materials, products and units of inspection or (where indicated) analysis. unfabricated physical examples of work; either for_ limited visual for more detailed testing and miscellanenus submittals related directly to the work (non -administrative) include warranties; maintenance agreements, workmanship bonds, project photographs, survey data and reports, physical work records, quality testing and certifying reports, copies of industry standards, record drawings, field measurement data, operating and maintenance materials, overrun stock, and similar information, devices and materials applicable to the work and not processed as shop drawings, products data or samples. I CQENERAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS ,.� rnnrrlination and Sequencing: Coordinate preparation and processing of t submittals. Coordinate and sequence different categories of submittals for same work, so that one will not be delayed for coordination of r Architect's review with another. Refer to other Division 1 sections and other contract documents for specifications on administrative, non -work-related submittals. Such submittals include, but are not limited to the following items: Permits. Payment applications. Performance and payment bonds. k Insurance certificates. r, 898-96B 01340 - 1 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES �'�t�• I:;. ► ':•I 1; amu' �► Inspection and test reports. Listing of ,subcontractors. Submittal Preparation: Provide permanent marking on each submittal to identify project, date, Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, submittal name, address and similar information to distinguish it from other submittals. Contractor to provide executed review and approval marking before submitting to the Architect and provide space for Architect's "Action" marking. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. Submittals which are received from sources other than through Contractor's office will be returned by Architect "without action" TransmittalForm: AIA Form G810 or Contractors standard form if approved by the Architect. General: Except as otherwise indicated in individual work sections, comply with requirements specified herein for each indicated category of submittal. Provide and process intermediate submittals, where required between initial and final, similar to initial submittals. The Contractor is responsible for: quantities; dimensions which are to be confirmed and correlated at the job site; fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordination of his work with that of other trades; and the satisfactory performance of his work. Refer to Division 15 and Division 16 sections for additional general requirments applicable to shop drawings, product data, and samples for mechanical and electrical work, respectively. Shop Drawan- : Provide newly -prepared information with graphic information at accurate scale (except as otherwise indicated), with name of preparer indicated (firm name). Show dimensions and note which are based on field measurement. Identify materials and products in the work shown. Indicate compliances with standards, and special coordination requirements. Do not allow shop drawing copies without appropriate final "Action" markings by Architect to be used in connection with the work. Submi al: Five (5) prints; two (2) will be retained and remainder will be returned. Provide two (2) additional copies (which will be returned) when required for maintenance manuals. Product Data: Collect required data into one submittal for each unit of work or system, and mark each copy to show which choices and options are applicable to project. Include manufacturer's standard printed recommendations for application and use, compliance with standards, application of labels and seals, notation of fieldmeasurementswhich have been checked, and special coordination requirements. Submittals: Do not submit product data, or allow its use on the project, until compliance with requirements of contract documents has been confirmed by Contractor. Submittal is for information and record, unless otherwise indicated. Initial submittal is final submittal, unless returned promptly by Architect and marked with 898-96B -- SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 2 iJ„ SOP DRAWTNGS PRODUCT T]ATF & SAMPLES ' CONT' D "Action" which indicates an observed non-compliance. Submit five (5) copies, plus two (2) additional,copies, (which will be returned) where rrequired for maintenance manuals. Two '(2)'copies will be retained. Provide a preliminary single -copy submittal where required (or desired by Contractor) for selection of options by Architect. Tnstaller's Cony: Do not proceed with installation of materials, +'* products or systems until final copy of applicable product data is in ?'! possession of Installer. Samples: Provide units identical with final condition of proposed materials or products of the work. Include "range" samples (not less than three units) where unavoidable variations must be expected, and describe or identify variations between units of each set. Provide full set of optional samples where -Architect's selection is required. Prepare samples to match Architect's samples where so indicated. Include information with each sample to show generic description, source or product name and manufacturer, limitations, and compliance with standards. Samples are submitted for review and confirmation of color, pattern, texture and "kind" by Architect. Architect will not "test" samples (except as otherwise indicated) for compliance with other requirements, which are therefore the exclusive responsibility of Contractor. G»bmittal_: At Contractor's option, provide_ preliminary submittal of single set of samples for Architect's review and "Action" which requires resubmittal;one set will be returned. Insp)Pr_ti and Test Repor S: Classify each as either "shopdrawing" or "product data", depending upon whether report is uniquely prepared for project or a standard publication of workmanship control testing at point of production; process accordingly. Warranties: Refer to "Products" section for specific general requirements on warranties, product/workmanship bonds, and maintenance agreements. In addition to copies desired for Contractor's use, furnish two executed copies, except for maintenance manual. Standards: Where copy submittal is indicated, and except where specified integrally with "Product Data" submittal, submit a single copy for Architect's use. Where workmanship at project site and elsewhere is governed by standard, furnish additional copies to fabricators, installers and others involved in performance of the work. r1 oseo,tt Submittals : Refer to individual work sections and to "closeout" sections for specific requirements on submittal of closeout information, materials, tools and similar items. $prord Document copies: Furnish one set. Main enance(Oge a ing Manuals: Furnish two bound copies. Materials and Tools_: Refer to individual work sections for required quantities of spare parts, extra and overrun stock, maintenance tools and devices, keys, and similar physical units to be submitted. SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE $98-96B01340 - 3 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES SHOP DR.. WINGS ROD CT DATE & SAMPLES ONT' D General i ributicn: Provide additional distribution of submittals (not included in foregoing copy submittal requirements) to subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, governing authorities and others as necessary for proper performance of the work. Include such additional copies in transmittal forms. Architpctls Action: Where action and return is required or requested, Architect will review each submittal, mark with "Action" and where possible return within two weeks of receipt. Where submittal must be held for coordination, Contractor will be so advised by Architect without delay. Review of submittals is for general conformance with the design concept of the project and general compliance with the information given in the contract documents. Any action shown is subject to the requirements of the plans and specifications. Final Unrestricted Release: Work may proceed, provided it complies with contract documents, when submittal is returned with the following: Marking: "Approved." Final -But -Restricted Release: Work may proceed, provided it complies with notations and corrections on submittal and with contract documents, when submittal is returned with the following: Marking: "Approved as Noted." Returned For R uhmittal: Do not proceed with work. Revise submittal in accordance with notations thereon, and resubmit without delay to obtain a different action marking. Do not allow submittal with the.following marking (or marked submittals where a marking is required) to be used in connection with performance of the work: Marking: "Disapproved, Resubmit." (Not Applicable) (Not Applicable) 898-96B SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA & SAMPLES 01340 - 4 SRCTTON 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL $F.1 ATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. StiMMARY This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for �+ quality control services. Q,aii y control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports, performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and the Contractor. They do not include Contract enforcement activities performed by the Architect. rW1, T...e..., ration and testing services• are required to verify compliance with } requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. R Ti cements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. 17Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in the Sections that specify those activities. Those requirements, including inspections and tests, 0 cover production of standard products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures. r Inspections, tests and related actions specified are not intended to l limit the Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. Requirements for the Contractor to provide quality control services required by the Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" specifies requirements for repair and restoration of construction disturbed by inspection and testing activities. PW Contractor Responsibiii i s: The installing contractor shall provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services, specified in individual Specification Sections and required by governing authorities, P." except where they are specifically indicated to be the Owner's responsibility, or are provided by another identified entity; these services include those specified to be performed by an independent agency and not by the Contractor. Costs for these services shall be included in the Contract Sum. r ggtest.ing: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results i . 898-96C nI An0 - 1 nTT7T TMV ol#-,TTTD()T. QTTAT.TTY CnNTPQT.e rrNT' 12 of required inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document requirements,- regardless of whether the original test was the Contractor's responsibility. Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by the Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility,'where required tests were performed on original construction. Associated Services: The Contractor shall cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of Personnel. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the -agency in taking samples. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to testing laboratories. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. Security andprotection of samples and test equipment at the Project site. Duties of the T inq Agency: The independent testing agency engaged to perform inspections, sampling and testing of materials and construction specified in individual Specification Sections shall cooperate with the Architect and Contractor in performance of its duties, and shall provide _ qualified personnel to perform required inspections and tests. The agency shall notify the Architect and Contractor promptly of — irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. The agency is not authorized to release, revoke, alter or enlarge requirements of the Contract Documents, or approve or accept any portion of the Work. The agency shall not perform any duties of the Contractor. Coordination: The Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate the sequence of — activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. In addition, the Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities to avoid the necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, — tests, taking samples and similar activities. 898-96C () T77� r Tm'T,T ( ("!'NT T n-nT r The independent testing agency shall submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service to the Architect in duplicate, unless the Contractor is responsible for the service. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a certified written report of each inspection, test or similar service through the Contractor in duplicate. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to the governing authority, when the authority so directs. Renort- Data: Written reports of each inspection, test or similar service shall include, but not be limited to: Date of issue. Project title and number. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. Names of individuals making the inspection or test. Designation of the Work and test method. Identification of product and Specification Section. Complete inspection or test data. Test results and an interpretation of test results. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. Recommendations on retesting. Oualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" by the American Council of Independent Laboratories, and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in r-� the State in which the Project is located. .: PART ? - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). REPAIR AND PROTECTTON !" nen_graltesting_: Upon completion of inspection, , sample -taking and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including' deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and Patching". �- Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service t activities, and protect repaired construction. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility, regardless of 898-96C nl Ann _ nnr,T Tml* rnnrm7:�nT, QTTAT.TTV CONTRnT.S ., cnNT 1 T) the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. 898-96C nMT T 'TM�r nn*TMrIOT. �•• RFT ATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling requests for substitutions made after award of the Contract. The Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Schedule of Submittals are included under Section "Submittals". Standards: Refer to Section "Definitions and Standards" for applicability of industry standards to products specified. T)efini -ions: Definitions used in this paragraph are not intended to 4, negate the meaning of other terms used in the contract documents, including such .terms as, "specialties", "systems", "structure, "finishes", "accessories", "furnishings "special construction", and similar terms. Such terms are self-explanatory and have recognized `• meanings in the construction industry. Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the Project or taken from the Contractor's previously w purchased stock. The term "product" as used herein includes the terms ,�. "material", "equipment", "system" and other terms of similar intent. Named ProdLcts1 are items identified by manufacturer's product name including make or model designation, as recorded in current published product literature. "materials" are products that must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form units of work. Fa ipm n-" a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated, that requires service connections such as wiring or piping. c„hsti t>>ti ons • Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment and methods of construction required by the Contract Documents proposed by the. Contractor after the Contract is awarded are considered requests r- for "substitutions". The following are not considered substitutions: Revisions to the contract documents, where requested by the Owner, Architect or Engineer are considered as "changes", not substitutions. Substitutions requested during the bidding period, which have been accepted prior to the Contract Date, are included in the contract documents and are not subject to the requirements for substitutions as herein specified. Specified Contractor options on products and construction methods included in the contract documents are choices available to the Contractor and are not subject to the requirements for substitutions 898-96C 01631 - 1 t PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS as herein specified. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and orders as issued by governing authorities. Standards; Refer to Division -1 section "Definitions and Standards" for the applicability of industry standards to the products specified for the project, and for the cronyms used in the text of the specification sections. Sourngm Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same generic kind, from a single source, for each unit of work. Comna_ibili_y of Op ions; Compatibility of products is a basic requirement of product selection. When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two or more products for use on the project, the product selected must be compatible with other products previously selected, even if the products previously selected were also Contractor options. The complete compatibility between the various choices available to the Contractor is not assured by the various requirements of the Contract documents, but must be provided by the Contractor. Substitution Request Submittal: Requests for substitution will be considered if received within 30 days after commencement of the Work. Requests received more than 30 days after commencement of the Work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Architect. Submit three (3) copies of each request for substitution. In each request identify the product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced by the substitution; include related specification section and drawing numbers, and complete documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions. Include the following information, as appropriate, with each request. Provide complete product data, drawings and descriptions of products, and fabrication and installation procedures. Provide samples where applicable or requested. Provide a detailed comparison of the significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those of the work originally specified. Significant qualities include elements such as size, weight, — durability, performance and visual effect where applicable. Provide complete coordination information. Include all changes required in other elements of the work to accommodate the substitution, including work performed by the Owner and separate Contractors. Provide certification by the Contractor along with executed action ~ stamp stating, after thorough evaluation, that the proposed substitution will result in work that in every significant respect is equal to or better than the work required by the Contract Documents. Include in this certification the Contractor's waiver of rights to 898-96C PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 2 additional payment of time, which may subsequently be necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately. Ambi tent'sAction: Within one week of receipt of the request for substitution, the Architect will request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the request. Within two ( 2 ) weeks of receipt of the request, or one week of receipt of the he additional information or documentation, whichever is later, Architect will notify the Contractor of acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name. Acceptance will be in the form of a Change Order. Deliver, store, and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations, using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration and loss, including theft. Control delivery schedules to minimize long-term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular coordinate delivery and installation to ensure minimum holding or storage times for items known or recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft and other sources of loss. Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting and installing. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. Store heavy materials away from the project structure in a manner that will not endanger the supporting construction. apnera l: Requirements for individual products are indicated in the contract documents; compliance with these requirements is in itself a contract requirement. These requirements may be specified in any one of several different specifying methods, or in any combination of these methods. These methods include the following: Proprietary .- Semi -proprietary Descriptive Performance Compliance with Reference Standards Compliance with codes, compliance with graphic details, allowances, visual selections and similar provisions of the Contract Documents POI also have a bearing on the selection process. Proceduraa for Selertincq Pros"ICU : The Contractor's options in selecting products are limited by requirements of the Contract Documents and governing regulations, not by industry traditions or procedures. Procedures governing selection include the following: 898-96C 01631 - 3 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS M ZO) 11 Mob 4M.11►1 •► •► Sincrle Product Name: Where only a single product or manufacturer is named, provide the product indicated. No substitutions permitted. Two or Morp Product Names: Where two or more products or manufacturers are named, provide one of the products named. No substitutions permitted. Where products or manufacturers are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or -equal" or similar language, comply with the contract documents provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval from the Architect for the use of an unnamed product. Non -Proprietary Specification: Where Specifications list products or manufacturers that are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to the use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that complies with Contract requirements. D.s rib_iy. SpPrifiratinn R Crirpments: Where the specifications describe a product or assembly generically, listing the exact characteristics required, with or without use of a brand or trade name, provide products or assemblies that provide the characteristics and otherwise comply with Contract requirements. Pprfnrmance Spenifination R a irementc. Where Specifications require compliance with performance requirements, provide products that comply with specific requirements and are recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. General overall performance of a product is implied where the product is specified for specific performances. Compliance with Standards, rodes and R gUlationg: Where the Specifications require only compliance with an imposed standard, code or regulation, comply with specification requirements, including the standards, codes and regulations. Visual Ma hila: Where matching an established sample is required, the final judgment of whether a product proposed matches the sample satisfactorily will be determined by the Architect. Where there is no product available within the specified category, matching the sample satisfactorily and also complying with other specified requirements, comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents concerning "substitutions" for the selection of matching product in another product category, or for non-compliance with specified requirements. Allowances: Refer to individual Specifications sections and "Allowance" provisions in Division -1 for allowances that control product selection, and for the procedures required for processing such selections. Conditions: The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered when extensive revisions to the contract documents are not required, when the proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent ,of the contract documents, when the requests are timely, fully — documented and properly submitted, and when one or more of the following 898-96C — PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 4 conditions is satisfied, all as judged by the Architect; otherwise the requests will be returned without °action- except -to record non-compliance with these requirements. The Architect will consider a request for substitution when: The request is directly related to an "or equal" clause or similar . language in the contract documents. The specified product or method cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of the Contractor's failure to pursue �,. the work promptly or to coordinate activities properly. ` The specified product or method cannot be'provided within the Contract Time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a result of failure to pursue the Work promptly :. or coordinate activities properly. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive Inecessary approval by a governing authority, and the requested substitution can be approved. r A substantial advantage is offered the Owner, in terms of cost, time, energy conservation or other considerations of merit, after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner. may be required to bear. Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional compensation to the Architect for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other construction by the Owner or separate Contractors, and similar considerations. The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is compatible with other materials, and- where the Contractor- certifies that the substitution will overcome the incompatibility. The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other materials, and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be coordinated. The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by the Contract Documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution provides the required warranty. - The Contractor's submittal of and the Architect's "acceptance of shop drawings, product data or samples which relate to work not complying with requirements of the contract documents, does not constitute an acceptable or valid request for a substitution, nor approval thereof. Provide products that comply with the requirements of the contract documents and that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, unused at the time of installation. Provide products that are complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards and other- devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and effect. Standard Products: Where they are available, provide standard 898-96C 01631 - 5 PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not permanently attach or imprint manufacturer's or producer's nameplates or trademarks on exposed surfaces of products which will be exposed to view either in occupied spaces or on the exterior of the completed project. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for observation after installation, on an accessible surface which, in occupied spaces, is not conspicuous. Equipment Nam platers: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service -connected or power -operated equipment. Locate the nameplate on an easily accessible surface which is inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information and other essential operating data. Name of manufacturer Name of product Model number Serial number Capacity Speed Ratings Comply with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of the products in the applications indicated. Anchor each product securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other work. Clean exposed surfaces and protect surfaces as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of acceptance. 898-96C PRODUCTS AND SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 6 r Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division -1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this Section.' This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout,.including but not limited to: Inspection procedures. Warranties and submittals. Final cleaning. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate Sections in Divisions -2 through -16. 1,. SUBSTANTTMP .TION p Pliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for Certification of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List exceptions in the request: In the Application for Payment that coincides with or first follows the date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for the portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, the value of incomplete construction, and reasons t the Work is not complete. Advise Owner of pending insurance change -over requirements. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications and similar documents. Obtain and submit releases enabling the Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities; include occupancy permits, operating certificates and similar releases. Complete start-up testing/balancing of systems, service all existing ,•• mechanical systems and instruction of the Owner's operating and maintenance personnel. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities from the site, along with construction tools, mock-ups, and similar elements. JComplete final clean up requirements, including touch-up painting. Touch-up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes. TynSTIDAction Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection of each listed Project, the Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise the Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion at the completion of 898-96C 01700 - 1 PROJECT CLOSEOUT the final phases following inspection, or advise the Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work has been substantially completed. Results of, the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final acceptance. PreliminaryProcedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete the following. List known exceptions in the request. Submit final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. Submit waiver of liens. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to the Contract Sum. Submit a certified copy of the Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, stating that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance, and the list has been endorsed and dated by the Architect. Submit consent of surety to final payment. ReinspectionProcedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed, except items whose completion has been delayed because of circumstances acceptable to the Architect. Upon completion of reinspection, Architect will either prepare _ certificate of final acceptance, or advise the Contractor of Work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated. (Not Applicable) WARRANTIES This Article specifies general administrative and procedural requirements for warranties and bonds required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers' standard warranties on products and special warranties. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's special warranty of workmanship and materials. 898-96C PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - r Specific requirements for warranties for the Work and products and installations that are specified to be warranted are included in the individual Sections of Divisions -2 through -16. W aimpMg and I,imita i ons : Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor does it relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting warranted Work that has failed, remove and replace other Work that has been damaged as a result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted Work. After warranty Work is completed, reinstate warranty equal to the original with equitable adjustment for depreciation. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless, of whether the Owner has benefitted from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. The Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept Work for the Project where a special warranty,. certification, or similar commitment is required on such Work or part of the Work, until evidence is presented that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do SO. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. When a special warranty is .required to be executed by the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner through the Architect for approval prior to final execution. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required and previously reviewed warranty and bond properly executed by the Contractor, or by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. Warranties may include, but are not limited to, the following: Contractor's General Warranty 898-96C 01700 - 3 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Flush Wood Doors: Carpeting: Mirrors: Section 08211 - Flush Wood Doors Section 09680 - Carpeting Section 08800 - Mirror Units General cleaning during, construction is required by the General Conditions and included in Section "Temporary Facilities'f. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision -obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard -surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition. Leave concrete floors clean with final seal coat. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that _ are neither paved nor planted, to a smooth even -textured surface. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. .omplianr_P Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials form the site and dispose of in a lawful manner. Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated Work have become the Owner's property, arrange for disposition of these materials as directed. 898-96C PROJECT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 4 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY Fx n- -of selective demolition work is indicated on drawings. See Division 1 for sequencing of demolition. This Section includes the following: Removal of building ceilings and ductwork as indicated on the drawings. Portions of building structure indicated on drawings and as required to accommodate new construction. Removal of interior partitions as indicated on drawings. Removal of doors and frames indicated "remove" or "remove and relocate". �** Removal of existing floor or wall finishes indicated. Removal of concrete walls at new openings as indicated. Removal of lighting fixtures at existing and demolition ceiling areas as noted on the drawings. Demolition and removal of selected site elements. Patching and repairs. Related secions: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 1 Section "Summary of Work" for use of the building and phasing requirements. Division 1 Sertinn "Cutting and Patchinq" for cutting and patching procedures for selective demolition operations. niyi si on 1 Section "Temporaryra i i i s" for temporary utilities, temporary construction and .support facilities, temporary security and protection facilities, and environmental protection measures for selective demolition operations. nivi sine 2 Section "Site Clearing" for site clearing and removing above- and below-grade.improvements. T)ivision 2 Section "Earthwork" for soil materials, excavating, backfilling, and site grading. C 898-96C SELEC.TIVE DEMOLITION 02070- 1 Rem: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. Remove and salvages: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents ofcontainersand deliver to Owner's designated storage area. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in the same locations or in'locations indicated. Existing to__R_ main: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. Except for items or mater;ala indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. O_cc?pa ncv: Owner will be continuously occupying areas of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities which will severely affect Owner's normal operations. Condit -inn of ruc-turps: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner insofar as practicable. However, variations within structure may occur by Owner's removal and salvage operations prior to start of selective demolition work. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. _ Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be permitted. Asbestos: It is not expected that asbestos will be encountered in the Work. If any materials suspected of containing asbestos or encountered, do not disturb the materials. Immediately notify the Architect and the Owner. — Arranae selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's on-site operations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Applicable). 898-96C SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070- 2 I c+RT RCTTVR DEMOLITION, CONT Ilse rApair ma rials identical to existing materials. Where identical materials; are unavailable or cannot be used for rexposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent 4 surfaces to the fullest extent possible. Use materials whose installed performance equals or surpasses that of t existing materials. EXAMINATION Verb that utilities have been disconnected and capped. Survey Pxisting r-nnditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with the intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of the conflict. Promptly submit a written report to the Architect. survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during selective demolition. UTTLTTy SERVTCES r Maintain existing utiii les or lines indicated to remain, keep in service, and protect against damage during demolition operations. Do not interrupt existing utilities or lines serving occupied or used facilities, except when authorized by the Owner. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. lit t i ty Reauirements : Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services serving building to be selectively demolished. cut off Ripe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal the remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing. Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work at no cost to Owner. Cease operations and notify the Owner's Representative immediately if I safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precautions to I support structure until determination is made for continuing operations. ri k 898-96C SFTYCTTVF T)FMOTITTTON 0207n- 3 Cover and pro ert furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from soiling or damage when demolition work is performed in rooms or areas from which such items have not been removed: _Erect and maintain dust -proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portion.of the building. Traffic: Conduct selective demolition operations and debris removal in a manner to ensure minimum interference with Owner's activities, roads, streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close, block or otherwise obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. CondLct demolition oxo rations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area. Protections: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection as required to protect Owner's personnel, guests, and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general public to and from occupied portions of building. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences, railing, canopies, and covered passageways, where required by authorities having jurisdiction. Protect existing site improvements, appurtenances, and landscaping to remain. Protect from damage, walls, ceilings, and other existing finish work that are to remain in place and becomes exposed during selective demolition operations. Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks if required. Maintain corridors as an exit. Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting from demolition work. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces, to insure that no water leakage or damage occur to structure or .interior area of existing building. Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to occupied portions of the building, construct dust -proof partitions of not less than nominal 4" (100 mm) studs, 5/8" (16 mm) gypsum wallboard with joints taped on occupied side, and,1/2" (13 mm) fire -retardant plywood on the demolition side or on both sides with joints staggered. See drawing for alternate methods. 898-96C SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070- 4 Sp pCTTVy DEMOLTTTON. CONT Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 1 Protect equipment and related piping and conduits. Prnv�de and ma;ntain _exterior shoring, bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of structure or element to be demolished, and adjacent facilities or work to remain. r Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of !' selective demolition. Remove protections at completion of work. POT T,UTTON CONTROLS Environmental Controls: Use water mist or sprinkling, temporary ;F enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air to lowest practical level. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations pertaining to environmental protection. Do not use water when it may damage existing construction or create #, hazardous or objectionable conditions such as ice, flooding, and pollution. r Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. r1Aan adjacent s-ruc_ureaand improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent -areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition. SELECTTV , DEMOLITI_QN T)pmolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective demolition work above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on lower levels. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. To minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. For slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions. Use power saw where possible. Completely fill below -grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth, gravel or sand, free of trash and debris, stones over 6" diameter, roots or other organic i 898-96C SFLECTTSIF DFMOLITTON 02070- 5 matter. Demolish conrrPte and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power -driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power -driven impact tools. Break Lp and remove concrete slabs on grade, unless otherwise shown to remain. Remove_ rPsiIiAnt floor noverin and adhesive according to recommendations of the Resilient Floor Covering Institute's (RFCI) "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings" and Addendum. Remove carpet floors where indicated and scrape or grind existing surfaces to provide a smooth structurally sound surface acceptable to installer for application of new scheduled floor_ finishes." Remove residual adhesive and prepare substrate for new floor coverings by one of the methods recommended by RFCI. If unanticipa Ad mechanical, electrical or structural elements which conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to Owner's Representative in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from Owner's Representative, rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay. PATCHING AND R .PATRS P ompt1v patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selective demolition operations. Patching_ is specified in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials. Completely fill holes and depressions in existing masonry walls to remain with an approved masonry patching material, applied according to manufacturer's printed recommendations. Resor_ expospd finisheR of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction to remain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extend one finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance. Closely match texture and finish of existing adjacent surface. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with specified tolerances. Where patching smooth painted surfaces, extend final paint coat over entire unbroken surface containing the patch after the surface has received primer and second coat. Remove existing floor and wall coverings and replace with new 898-96C SFT,FCTTVE DEMOLITION_ 02070 6 eVrgrTTVF DEMOLITTnN_ CONT materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance. Pa h, renair� or rehana ,existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even -plane surface of uniform appearance as noted on the drawings. DTSPOSAT OF DEMOLTGHED MATERTALS k �Pn_ ai: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. Remove debris, rubbish and other materials resulting from demolition operations from building site. Transport and legally dispose of materials off site. If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and ordinances concerning removal, handling and protection against exposure or environmental pollution. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials. Dish al: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them. yep the huildina broom clean on completion of selective demolition operation. rbange filters on air -handling equipment on completion of selective demolition operations. Upon completion of demolition work, remove tools, equipment and demolished materials from site. Remove protections and leave interior areas broom clean. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to commencement of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. r 7Ii 898-96C SFT,FrTTVF T)FMnT.TTTnN n7n7n- 7 SrtTTR CLE NO- CONT SPnTTON 02110 SITE CLEARING PART 1 - GRNERAL MATED DOCUMENTS. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work specified in this section. This section includes the following: Protection of existing shrubs. Removal of shrubs and other vegetation to be by Owner's contractor. Topsoil stripping. Clearing and grubbing. Sidewalk removal as shown and required. Removing above grade improvements. Removing of below grade improvements. Protection of underground improvements. Traffic: Conduct site, clearing operations to ensure minimum interference with roads streets, walks, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do not close or obstruct streets, walks or other occupied or used facilities without permission from authorities having jurisdiction. Protection of Existing Improvements: Provide protections necessary to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain in place. Restore damaged improvements to their original condition, as acceptable to property owners. Verifylocation of existing irrigation lines and electrical power lines. Protect and maintain lines as shown. Protection of Existing Trees and Vegetation: Protect existing trees and other vegetation indicated to remain in place, against unnecessary cutting, breaking or skinning of roots, skinning or bruising of bark, smothering of trees by stockpiling construction material or excavated materials within drip line, excess foot or vehicular traffic, or parking of vehicles within drip line. If necessary, provide temporary guards to protect trees and vegetation to be left standing. Provide protection for roots_ over 1-1/2 inch diameter that are cut during construction operations. Coat cut faces with an emulsified asphalt, or other acceptable coating, formulated for use on damaged plant tissues. Temporarily' cover exposed roots with wet burlap to prevent roots from drying out; cover with earth as soon as possible. Repair or replace trees and vegetation indicated to remain are damaged by construction operations, in a manner acceptable to Architect. Employ a licensed arborist to repair damages to trees and shrubs. Rgplane trees which cannot be repaired and restored to full- growth status, as determined by arborist. 898-96C 02110 - 1 ! SITE CLEARING SITE CLEARING. CONT : • Not .. - to this section. General: Remove improvements, or obstructions interfering with installation of new construction. Remove such items elsewhere on site or premises as specifically indicated. "Removal" includes digging out and off-site disposing of stumps and roots. Cut minor roots and b anchag of trees indicated to remain in a clean and careful manner, where such roots and -branches obstruct installation of new construction. Topsoil: Topsoil is defined as friable clay loam surface soil found in a depth of not less that 4 -inches. Satisfactory topsoil is reasonable free of subsoil, clay lumps, stones, and other objects over 2"in diameter, and without weeds, roots, and other objectionable material. Topsoil containing nutgrass or other objectional growth shall be removed and replaced by the contractor at his own expense. Disnoaa of unsuitahla or exnegg topsoil same as waste material, herein specified. Removal of Tmnrovementg Remove above -grade and below -grade improvements as necessary to permit construction, and other work as indicated. Abandonment or rem .ova 1 of certain underground pipe or conduits may be shown on the drawings, and is included under work of those sections. Removal of abandoned underground piping or conduit interfering with construction is included under this section. DISPOSAL OF WASTE. MATERIALS Burning on Owner' ropgrty: Burning is not permitted on Owner's property. Removal from Ownerls Property: Remove waste materials and unsuitable and excess topsoil from Owner's property and dispose of off site. 898-96C SITE CLEARING 02110 2 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and 7 Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to 4, this Section. � SiTMMARY This Section includes, but is not limited to, the following: (� Shoring and bracing necessary to protect existing building, streets, walkways, utilities, and other improvements and excavation against loss of ground or caving embankments. Maintenance of shoring and bracing. Removal of shoring and bracing, as required. Types of shoring and bracing systems include, but are not limited to, the following: Steel sheet piles. r Building excavation is specified in another Division 2 Section. T3ngin er Qualifications: A professional engineer legally authorized to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located, and experienced in providing successful engineering services for excavation support systems similar in extent required for this Project. Regulations: Comply with codes and ordinances of governing authorities having jurisdiction. TOB CONDTTTONS Rpfnra starting work, verify governing dimensions and elevations. Verify condition of adjoining properties. Take photographs to record any existing settlement or cracking of structures, pavements, and other improvements. Prepare a list of such damages, verified by dated photographs, and signed by Contractor and others conducting investigation. Survey adjacent structures and improvements, employing qualified professional engineer, establishing exact elevations at fixed points to act as benchmarks. Clearly identify benchmarks and record existing elevations. During excavation, resurvey benchmarks weekly, maintaining accurate log of surveyed elevations for comparison with original elevations. Promptly notify Architect if changes in elevations occur or if cracks, sags, or other damage is evident. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 898-96C EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 02160 - 1 neral; Provide adequate shoring and bracing materials which will support loads imposed. Materials need not be new, but should be in serviceable condition. Striirtural S 1; ASTM A 36. Rtgel Sheet ; .lct • ASTM A 328. Wherever shoring is required, locate the system to clear permanent construction and to permit forming and finishing of concrete surfaces. Provide shoring system adequately anchored and braced to resist earth and hydrostatic pressures. Shoring systems retaining earth on which the support or stability of existing structures is dependent must be left in place at completion of work. Locate bracing to clear columns, floor framing construction, and other permanent work. If necessary to move a brace, install new bracing prior to removal or original brace. Do not place bracing where it will be cast into or included in permanent concrete work, except as otherwise acceptable to Architect. Install internal bracing, if required, to prevent spreading or distortion of braced frames. Maintain bracing until structural elements are supported by other bracing or until permanent construction is able to withstand lateral earth and hydrostatic pressures.` Remove sheeting, shoring, and bracing in stages to avoid disturbance to underlying soils and damage to structures, pavements, facilities, and utilities. -- Repair or replace, as acceptable to Architect, adjacent work damaged or displaced through installation or removal of shoring and bracing work. 898-96C EXCAVATION SUPPORT SYSTEMS 02160 - 2 SFCTTON 02200 - EARTHWORK SART 1 - GENERATE RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This section includes the following: �- Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures. Rxcavatina and backfilling for underground mechanical and electrical utilities and appurtenances. Excavation of basement and backfill around perimeter. Fxcava incr and Backfilling for Mechanical/Elactriral Work: Provisions of this section shall apply to Divisions 15 and 16 sections for excavation and backfill required in conjunction with underground mechanical and electrical utilities and buried mechanical and electrical appurtenances. cnmp with all requirements of Environmental Protection Agency 'Storm r- Water Prevention Protection'.. M Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: T)iyigion 2 Section "Site M Marina" for site stripping, .grubbing, topsoil removal, and tree protection. L Division 3 Section "Cast -In -Place Concrete" for concrete encasings, l cradles, and appurtenances for utility systems. DEFINITIONS Excavation consists of the removal of material encountered to subgrade elevations and the reuse or disposal of materials removed. ubarade: The uppermost surface of an excavation or the top surface of Pft a fill or backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials. Borrow: Soil material obtained off-site when sufficient approved soil material is not available from excavations. Unauthorized excavation consists of removing materials beyond indicated subgrade elevations or dimensions without direction by the Architect. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work directed by the Architect, shall be at the Contractor's expense. S rua: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below ground surface. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts., and cables, as well as underground services within building lines. 898-96C 02200 - 1 EARTHWORK Codes and Standards: Perform earthwork complying with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Existing Utilities: Locate existing underground utilities in areas of excavation work. If utilities are indicated to remain in place, provide adequate means of support and protection during earthwork operations. Should uncharted, or incorrectly charted, piping or other utilities be encountered during excavation, consult owner immediately for directions. Cooperate with Owner in keeping respective services and facilities in operation. Repair damaged utilities to satisfaction of utility owner. , General: Provide approved borrow soil materials from off-site when sufficient approved soil materials are not available from excavations. Satisf actory Snit Matprials for buiIdin fill g ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM; free of rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in,any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter. Unsatisfactory Soil matprials for building fill• ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GC, SC, ML, MH, CL, CH, OL, OH, and PT. Backfill and Fill Materials: Satisfactory soil materials free of clay, rock or gravel larger than 2 inches in any dimension, debris, waste, frozen materials, vegetation and other deleterious matter with plasticity index not to exceed 12. ProtArt s.ructura , utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork operations. Protection of P rSnnG and property: Barricade open excavations occurring as part of this work and post with warning lights. Operate warning lights as recommended by authorities having jurisdiction. Provide ernsion control measure-, to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of soil -bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways. Tree -protection is specified in the Division 2 Section "Site Clearing." 898-96C EARTHWORK 02200 - 2 7 EARTHWORK, CONT DEWATERING Prevent surface water and subsurface or ground water from entering excavations, from ponding on prepared subgrades, and from flooding Project site and surrounding area. Do not allow water to accumulate or stand in excavations. Remove water to prevent softening of foundation bottoms, undercutting footings, and soil changes detrimental to stability of subgrades and foundations. Provide and maintain pumps, well points, sumps, suction and discharge lines, and other dewatering system components necessary to convey water away from excavations. Fstabl;sh and maintain temporary drainage ditches and other diversions outside excavation limits to convey rain water and water removed from excavations to collecting or runoff areas. Do not use trench excavations as temporary drainage ditches. EXCAVATION Explosives: Do not use explosives. STARTLTTV OF EXCAVATIONS General: Comply with local codes, ordinances, and requirements of agencies having jurisdiction. Slope ,Sides of excavations to maintain stable excavations. Shore and brace where sloping "is not possible because of space restrictions or stability of material excavated. Maintain side supports and slopes of excavations in safe condition until completion of backfilling. Do not excavate closer than 4 feet to grade level footings. Oft Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.10 foot. Extend excavations a sufficient distance from r structures for placing and removing concrete formwork, installing services and other construction, and for inspections. Fx cav t i ons for Footings and Foundation -s: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate by hand to final grade just before placing t concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required lines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work. EXCAVATION FOR WALKS AND PAVEMENTS Rxc-avate Surfaces under walks and pavements to indicated cross sections, E elevations, and grades. t. UNAUTHORTZED EXCAVATION Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings be extending indicated bottom elevation of concrete foundation or footing to j' excavation bottom, without altering required top elevation. Lean concrete fill may be used to bring elevations to proper position when acceptable to the Architect. 898-96C EARTHWORK 02200 - 3 Fi11'unauthorized excavations under other construction as directed by the Architect. S o kpile excavated materials acceptable for backfill and fill soil materials, including acceptable borrow materials off-site. Stockpile soil materials without intermixing. Backfill excavations promptly, but not before completing the following: Acceptance of construction below finish grade including, where applicable, ,dampproofing, waterproofing, and perimeter insulation. Surveying locations of underground utilities for record documents. Testing, inspecting, and approval of underground utilities. Concrete formwork removal. Removal of trash and debris from excavation. Removal of temporary shoring and bracing, and sheeting. Preparation: Remove vegetation, topsoil, debris, wet, and unsatisfactory soil materials, obstructions, and deleterious materials from ground surface prior to placing fills. Place fill material in layers to required elevations for each location listed below. Under grass, use satisfactory excavated or borrow soil material. Under walks, Steps and ramp., use sandy fill material. Under building slabs, use approved compacted fill material. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 4 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand -operated tampers. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations. Place backfill and fill uniformly along the full length of each structure. . Percentage of Maxim>>m Density Rec irementG: Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum density, in accordance with _ ASTM D 1557 (cohesive soils); and not less than the following percentages of relative density in accordance with ASTM D 2049 (cohesionless soils): Under structures. building slabs and steps, and pavements, compact each layer of back fill or fill material at': 898-96C EARTHWORK 02200 - 4 EARTHWORK; CONT 95 percent maximum density.. 100 percent relative maximum density. Under lawn or unpaved areas, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer of back fill or fill material at: 85 percent maximum density. 90 percent relative maximum density. Under walkways, compact top 6 inches of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at: 90 percent maximum density. 95 percent relative maximum density. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes. Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations indicated. Provide a smooth transition between existing adjacent grades and new grades. Ritp Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from buildings and to prevent ponding. Finish subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances: Walks: Plus or minus 0.10 foot. FT ELD OVAL I TY CONTROL �f Testing Agency Services: Allow testing agency to inspect and test each subgrade and each fill or backfill layer. Do not proceed until test results for previously completed work verify compliance with requirements. Perform field in-place density tests according to ASTM D 1556 (sand cone method), ASTM D 2167 (rubber balloon method), or ASTM D 2937 (drive cylinder method), as applicable. Field in-place density tests may also be performed by the nuclear method according to ASTM D 2922, provided that calibration curves are periodically checked and adjusted to correlate to tests performed using ASTM D 1556. With, each density calibration check, check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gages according to ASTM D 3017. When field in-place density tests are performed using nuclear methods, make calibration checks of both density and moisture gages at beginning of work, on each different type of material encountered, and at intervals as directed by the Architect. Footing Sub rq ade: At continuous footing subgrades, perform at least l one test of each soil stratum to verify design bearing capacities. l Subsequent verification and approval of other footing subgrades may be based on a visual comparison of each subgrade with related tested strata when acceptable to the Architect. �1 Foundation Wall Backfill: In each compacted backfill layer, perform 898-96C EARTHWORK 02200 - 5 4 EARTHWORK, CONT at least one field in-place density test for each 100 feet or less of wall length, but no fewer than two tests along a wall face. When testing agencyre�?orts that subgrades, fills, or backfills are below specified density, scarify and moisten or aerate, or remove and replace soil to the depth required, recompact and retest until required density is obtained. 898-96C EARTHWORK 02200 - 6 wv� I:1 1• Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to work of this -section. This Section specifies cast -in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcing, mix design, placement procedures, and finishes. Cast -in-place concrete includes the following: Foundations and footings. Curb and Gutters as required. Slabs on grade. Walks. Foundation and basement walls. Fa"IMNOWWAX-9 General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for proprietary materials and items, including reinforcement and forming accessories, admixtures, patching compounds, waterstopst -joint systems, curing compounds, dry -shake finish materials, and others as requested by Architect. Shop drawings reinforcement, prepared by registered Professional Engineer. for fabrication, bending, and placement of concrete reinforcement. Comply with ACI SP -66 (88), "ACI Detailing Manual," showing bar schedules, stirrup spacing, diagrams of bent bars, and arrangement of concrete reinforcement. Include special reinforcement required and openings through concrete structures. Laboratory test reports for concrete materials and mix design test. Materials certificates in lieu of materials laboratory test reports when permitted by Architect. Materials certificates shall be signed by manufacturer and Contractor, certifying that each material item complies with or exceeds specified requirements. Provide certification from admixture manufacturers that chloride content complies with specification requirements. �411,nysswmxwtwmam .. Codes and Standards: Comply with provisions of following codes, specifications, and standards, except where more stringent requirements are shown or specified: ACI 301 "Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings." u 898-96C CAST -IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03300 - 1 ACI 318 "Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete." Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI), "Manual of Standard Practice". Concrete Testing Service:r Engage a testing laboratory acceptable to Architect to perform material evaluation tests and to design concrete mixes. Materials and installed_ work may require testing and retesting at any time during progress of work. Tests, including retesting of rejected materials for installed work, shall be done at Contractor's expense. Forms for Exposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, metal, metal -framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel -type materials, to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint system shown on drawings. Use overlaid plywood complying with U.S. Product Standard PS -1 "A -C or B -B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form," Class I. Forms for Unexposed Finish Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal or other acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least 2 edges and one side for tight fit. Form Release Agent: Provide commercial formulation form release agent with a maximum of 350 g/1 volatile organic compounds (VOCs) that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snap -off metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling concrete upon removal. Provide units which will leave no metal closer than 1-1/2" inches to surface. Provide ties that, when removed, will leave holes not larger than 1 -inch diameter in concrete surface. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615, Grade 60, deformed. Type 1: For use as stirrups and stays Type 2: For bent bars 3/4" or smaller Welded Wire Fabric (WWF1: ASTM A 185, welded steel wire fabric. Use 6 x 6 - W1.4 x W1.4 mesh unless noted otherwise on the drawings. Supports for Reinforcement: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing,- supporting and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire fabric in place. IUse wire -bar -type supports 'complying with CRSI recommendations, unless otherwise acceptable. For ,slabs -on -grade, use supports with sand plates or horizontal 898-96C ("_A^T-TN-T)r,ACF CONCRETE 03300 - 2 7 runners where base material will not support chair legs. For exposAd-to-vi w concrete surfaces, where legs of supports are in contact with forms, provide supports with legs that are. plastic protected (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel protected (CRSI, Class 2). Ties.: All intersections or laps to be tied with 16 gage annealed wire. CONCRETE MATERIAL— Portland A ERIALPor iand Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or ASTM D 150 ( High -early strength) . Use one brand of cement throughout project. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33; and as herein specified. P Provide aggregates from a single source for exposed concrete. Aggregates to be tested in accordance with ASTM C 136 and ASTM C 142. Use 1-1/2" aggregate for footings, beams and walls and 1" aggregate for other portions. For exterior exposed surfaces, do not use fine or coarse aggregates containing spalling-causing deleterious substances. Local aggregates not complying with ASTM C 33 but that special tests or actual service have shown to produce concrete of adequate strength and durability may be used when acceptable to the Architect. I!- Water: Potable Admixtures, n ai: Provide admixtures for concrete that contain not more than 0.1 percent chloride ions. Air -Entraining Admix }r : ASTM C 260, certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other required admixtures. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: "Air-Tite," Cormix. "Air -Mix" or "Perma-Air," Euclid Chemical Co. "Darex AEA" or "Daravair," W.R. Grace. "MB -VR" or "Micro -Air," Master Builders, Inc. "Sealtight AEA," W.R. Meadows, Inc. "Sika AER", Sika Corp. Water-R_c3uring Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A, and contain not more than 1% chloride ions. Products_: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: "Chemtard, "Chem -Masters Corp. "PSI N," Cormix . "Eucon WR -75," Euclid Chemical Co. "WRDA," W.R. Grace & Co. "Pozzolith Normal" or "Polyheed," Master Builders, Inc. "Prokrete-N,". Prokrete Industries. "Plastocrete 161," Sika Corp. 898-96C P'nOm._TTT_DT.Ar7 n?inn - 0 CAST -TW -PT ACF 1''0WCRZTF Cf)NT Prohibited Admi�r Calcium chloride thyocyanates or admixtures containing more than 0.1 percent chloride ions are not permitted. rontrol Joint (Key Jointl Tongue and groove 16 gage galvanized steel joint material to extend ton drawings thickness knockoutsslab. 16'Provide if dowel not knock outs as called for specifically shown. Waterstons: Provide flat, dumbbell -type or centerbulb-type waterstops at construction joints and other joints as indicated. Size to suit joints. Polyvinyl Chloride Waters on : Corps of Engineers CRD -C 572. Manufactlr r : Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: The Burke Co. Greenstreak Plastic W.R. Meadows, Inc. Progress Unlimited. Schlegel Corp. Vinylex Corp. Products Co. One of the following, complying with ASTM C Liquid Membrane Forming Curing Compound: Liquid -type membrane- forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309, Type I, Class A. Moisture loss not more that 0.055 gr./sq. cm. when applied at 200 sq. ft./gal. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the following: "Horn Clear Seal," A.C. Horn, Inc. "L&M Cure," L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. "Masterkure," Master Builders, Inc. "Kure -N -Seal," Sonneborn-Rexnord. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete by either laboratory trial batch or field experience methods as specified in ACI 301. If trial batch method used, use an independent testing facility acceptable to Architect for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. The testing facility shall not be the same as used for field quality control testing. 't written reports. to Architect of each proposed mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin concrete production until mixes have been reviewed by Architect. Design mixes to provide normal weight concrete with the following properties, as indicated on drawings and schedules: 3000 -psi 28 -day compressive strength; 480 lbs. cement per cu. yd. minimum; W/C ratio, 0.58 maximum (Non -Air -Entrained), 0.46 maximum 898-96C e_ rn�rr-TV-nT rr)rrroz+mr jOO CA T -TN- T,ACR CONCRETP, CONT (Air entrained). f Wa_ r_. m_nt Ra in; Provide concrete for following conditions with maximum water -cement (W/C) ratios as follows: Subjected to freezing and thawing; W/C 0.50. Slump Limits; Proportion and design mixes to result in concrete slump at point of placement as follows: Ramps, slabs and sloping surfaces: Not more than 3 inches. 6 Reinforced foundation systems: Not less than 1 inch and not more than 3 inches. Other concrete: Not more than 4 inches. Adjiistment to ConcrPte Mixes: Mix design adjustments may be requested by Contractor when characteristics of materials, job conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant, as accepted by Architect. Laboratory test data for revised mix design and strength results must be submitted to and accepted by Architect before using in work. Use water-r_dining admixture or high -range water -reducing admixture (Superplasticizer in concrete as required for placement and workability. Use air -entraining admixture in all exterior exposed concrete, unless otherwise indicated. Add air -entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point of placement having total air content. with a tolerance of plus -or -minus 1-1/2 percent within following limits: Concrete structures and slabs exposed to freezing and thawing, deicer chemicals, or subjected to hydraulic pressure: 4.5 percent (moderate exposure); 6.0 percent (severe exposure) 1" max. aggregate. Use admixtures for water reduction and set control in strict compliance with manufacturer's directions. CONCRETE MTXTN Ready -Mix Concrete: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 94, and as herein specified. When air temperature is between 85 deg. F (30 deg. C) and 90 deg. F (32 deg. C), reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 deg. F ( 32 deg. C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. PART 3 - FUCTITTON .NERAL Conrdinatp the installation of joint materials and vapor retarders with s 898-96C ^7%(.4M_T'.T._.TOT ArIr r)TT(4Dr.Tr CAST -IN -PT ACF l'f)NC_RRTV . rnNT placement of forms and reinforcing steel. FORMS n r 1: Design, erect, support, brace and maintain formwork to support vertical and lateral, static and dynamic loads that might be applied until concrete structure can support such loads. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position. Maintain formwork construction tolerances complying with ACI 347 limits. Provide class c tolerances for walks and other concrete surfaces. cnnstr unt forms to sizes, shapes, lines and dimensions shown, and to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in finished structures. Provide for openings, offsets, sinkages, keyways, recesses, moldings, rustications, reglets, chamfers, blocking, screeds, bulkheads, anchorages and inserts, and other features required in work. Use selected materials to obtain required finishes. Solidly butt joints and provide back-up at joints to prevent leakage of cement paste. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush plates or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces where slope is too steep to place concrete with bottom forms only. Kerf wood inserts for forming keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. Chamfer exposed corners and edges as indicated, using wood, metal, PVC or rubber chamfer strips fabricated to produce uniform smooth lines and tight edge joints. Form Ties: Factory -fabricated, adjustable -length, removable or snapoff metal form ties, designed to prevent form deflection, and to prevent spalling concrete surfaces upon removal. Unless otherwise indicated, provide ties so portion remaining within concrete after removal is at least 1" inside concrete. Unless otherwise shown, provide form ties which will not leave holes larger than 1" diameter in concrete surface. Provisions for Other Trades_: Provide openings in concrete formwork to accommodate work of other trades. Determine size and location of openings, recesses and chases from trades providing such items. Accurately place and securely support items built into forms. _ Cl eani nci and Tightening: Thoroughly clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt or other debris just before concrete is placed.. Retighten forms and bracing after concrete placement is required to eliminate mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. C,eneral: Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute's recommended practice for "Placing Reinforcing Bars", for details and methods of reinforcement placement and supports, and as herein specified. Tap all sp i. s 20 diameters but never less than 12". 898-96C n� nm Tar hT -n nn /+n 'IT,' T-1 n M T' Clean reinforcement of loose rust'and.mill scale, earth, ice, and other materials which reduce or destroy bond with concrete. Accurately position, support and secure reinforcement against r displacement. Locate and support reinforcing by metal chairs, runners, bolsters, spacers, and hangers, as approved by Architect. Place reinforcement to obtain at least minimum coverages for concrete ro protection. Arrange, space and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement operations. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. Jnsta11 welded wir_ fab ire in all slabs and walks in as long lengths as practicable. Lap adjoining pieces at least one full mesh and lace splices with wire. Offset end laps in adjacent widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Construction Joints: Locate and install construction joints, as indicated or, if not indicated, locate so as not to impair strength and appearance of the structure, as acceptable to Architect. Provide keyways at least 1-1/2 inches deep -in construction joints in { walls and slabs and between walls and footings. Accepted bulkheads 1 designed for this purpose may be used for slabs. Place on uction joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints except as otherwise indicated. 4 Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements. Waterstops: Provide waterstops in construction joints as indicated. Install waterstops to form continuous diaphragm in each joint. Make provisions to support and protect exposed waterstops during progress of work. Field -fabricate joints in waterstops in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. isolation Joints, in labs -on -=round: Construct isolation joints in slabs -on -ground at points of contact between slabs -on -ground and vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and elsewhere as indicated. Joint filler and -sealant-- materials are specified in Division 7 Sections of these specifications. Use 3/4" remolded, non -extruding bituminous material. Contraction (Control Joints in Exterior Slab -on -Ground Walks): Provide contraction joints to form panels or patterns as shown. If not shown provide joints at V-0" on center maximum unless directed otherwise by the Architect. i. Form contraction joints by inserting premolded plastic, hardboard or fiberboard strip, 1/8" wide x 1/4 of slab depth, into fresh concrete j•' until top surface of strip is flush with slab surface. Tool slab „ edges round on each side of insert. After concrete has cured, remove inserts and clean grooves of loose debris. 898-96C rr' 7! C'T_._ThT..T'?TTnV nr)TT(+17,rRmn Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints for slabs on grade as shown. If not shown, provide joints at 25 feet on center for all exterior slabs on grade. Use 1/2" premoulded, nonextruding bituminous material the thickness of the slab. Screed Strips for Slabs: Set intermediate screed strips at eight feet on center maximum for slabs to obtain required elevations and contours in finished slab surface. Provide and secure units sufficiently strong to support types of screed strips by use of strike -off templates or accepted compacting type screeds. Screeds to be continuous. Coat contact surfaces of forms with an approved, nonresidual, low-VOC, form -coating compound before reinforcement is placed. Do not allow excess form -coating material to accumulate in forms or to come into contact with in-place concrete surfaces against which fresh concrete will be placed. Apply in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. Coat steel. forms with a non -staining, rust -preventative form oil or otherwise protect against rusting. Rust -stained steel formwork is not acceptable. Notification: Notify Architect 24 hours before the placing of any concrete. Tspection: Before placing concrete, inspect the complete formwork installation, reinforcing steel, and items to be embedded or cast -in. Notify other crafts to permit installation of their work; cooperate with other trades in setting such work. OPneral: Comply with ACI 304, "Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting, and Placing Concrete," and as herein specified. Deposit concrete continuously or in layers of such thickness that no concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened sufficiently to cause the formation of seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as herein specified. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation at its final location. Placina Concrete in Forms_: Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layers not deeper than. 24" and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. Where placement consists of several layers, -place each layer while preceding layer is still plastic to avoid cold joints. Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment supplemented by hand -spading, rodding or tamping. Use equipment and procedures for consolidation of concrete in accordance with ACI 309. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations not farther than visible effectiveness of machine. Place vibrators to rapidly penetrate placed layer. and at least 6 inches into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to set. At each insertion limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other 898-96C rT 1-rr T7T. T•..^+^. !•rlwTrn7rt+T,+ FCAST-IN-PTACR CONCRETE., CONT embedded items without causing segregation of mix. Planing Con r labs: Deposit and consolidate concrete slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of construction joints, until the �- placing of a panel or section is completed. Consolidate noncrete, during placing operations so that concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. Bring slab surfaces o correct level with straightedge and strikeoff. . Use bull floats or darbies to smooth surface, free of humps or hollows. Do not disturb slab surfaces prior to beginning finishing operations. Maintain r.inforeing in proper position during concrete placement operations. Cold Wea -h r Planing: Comply with provisions of ACI 306 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength which could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. No conrptp shall be placed unless air temperature is 40 deg. F (4 E' deg. C) and rising. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. Do nocalcium chloride, salt and other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators. Ho_ Weather lacing: When hot weather conditions exist that would seriously impair quality and strength of concrete, place concrete in compliance with ACI 305 and as herein specified. Cover reinforcing steel with water -soaked burlap if it becomes too hot, so that steel temperature will not exceed the ambient air temperature immediately before embedment in concrete. Fog sprayform,, reinforcing steel, and subgrade just before concrete is placed. Smooth Form Finish: For formed concrete surfaces exposed -to -view, or to be covered with a coating material applied directly to concrete, or a covering material applied directly to concrete, such as waterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, painting or other similar system. This is as -cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with minimum of seams. Repair and patch defective areas with fins or other projections completely removed and smoothed. Grout 1 .an _Cl Finish: Provide grout cleaned finish to scheduled concrete surfaces which have received smooth.form finish treatment. Combine one part portland cement to 1-1/2'parts fine sand by volume, ., and a 50:50 mixture of acrylic or styrene butadiene- based bonding 898-96C admixture and water to -consistency of thick paint. Blend standard portland cement and white Portland cement, amounts determined by trial patches, so that final color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Thoroughly wet concrete surfaces and apply grout to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Remove excess grout by scraping and rubbing with clean burlap. Keep damp by fog spray for at least 36 -hours after rubbing. Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab surfaces to be exposed -to -view, and slab surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile, paint or other thinfilm finish coating system. After floating, begin first trowel finish operation using a power -driven trowel. Begin final troweling when surface produces a ringing sound as trowel is moved over surface. Consolidate concrete surface by final hand -troweling operation, free of trowel marks, uniform in texture and appe4Lrance, and finish surfaces to tolerances of F(F) 20 ( floor flatness) and F(L) 17 ( floor levelness) measured according to ASTM E 1155. Grind smooth surface defects which would telegraph through applied floor covering system. *Ton -Slip Broom Finish: Apply non -slip broom finish -to exterior concrete platforms, steps and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. Immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen concrete surface by brooming with fiber -bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Coordinate required final finish with Architect before application. Filli_na-In: Fill-in holes and openings left in concrete structures for passage of work by other trades, unless otherwise shown or directed, after work of other trade is in place. Mix, place and cure concrete as herein specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling shown or required to complete work. Curbs : Provide monolithic finish to interior curbs by stripping forms while concrete is still green and steel -troweling surfaces to a hard, dense finish with corners, intersections, and terminations slightly rounded. cPn-ral: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. In hot, dry, and windy weather, protect concrete from rapid moisture loss before and during finishing operations with an evaporation -control material. Apply after screeding and bull floating, but before power floating and troweling. Start initial curing as soon as free water has disappeared from concrete surface after placing and finishing. Keep continuously moist for not less than 7 days. 898-96C CAST -IN-PLACE CON R T , CONT Curing Methods: Perform curing of concrete by moist curing, by moisture -retaining cover curing, and by combinations thereof, as herein ' specified. Provide moisturp curing by following methods. Use continuous water -fog spray. Protide curing and alinund to exposed interior slabs and to exterior walls, slabs, walks and curbs as follows: Apply specified curing and sealing compound to concrete slabs as soon as final finishing operations are complete (within 2 hours and after surface water sheen has disappeared). Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power -spray or roller in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within 3 hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. Use membrane curing compounds that will not affect surfaces to be covered with finish materials applied directly to concrete. .urine Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including undersides of beams, supported slabs and other similar surfaces by moist curing with forms in place for full curing period or until forms are removed. If forms are removed, continue curing by methods specified above, as applicable. Curing Unformed Surfaces: Cure unformed surfaces, such as slabs, floor topping, and other flat surfaces by application of appropriate curing method. SHORES AND 4 UPPORTS General: Comply with ACI 347 for shoring and reshoring in multistory construction, and as specified. Extend shoring from ground to roof. Remove ghor.s and r.shnre in a planned sequence to avoid damage to partially cured concrete. Locate and provide adequate reshoring to support work without excessive stress or deflection. Keep reshores in place a minimum of 15 days after placing upper tier, or longer, if required, until concrete has attained its required 28 -day strength and heavy loads due to construction operations have been removed. General: Formwork not supporting weight of concrete, such as sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the work, may be removed ,j after cumulatively curing at less than 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) for 24 4, hours after placing concrete, provided concrete is sufficiently hard to not be damaged by form removal operations, and provided curing and }r- protection operations are maintained. t; Formwork supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, joints, slabs, and other structural elements, may not be removed in less than 14 898-96C n T,nm T%T T)T%nr, nn TkT(v r�rnrrn n??fl ft _ 11 days and until concrete has attained at least 75 percent of design minimum compressive strength at 28 days. Determine potential compressive strength of in-place concrete by testing field -cured specimens representative of concrete location or members. Form -facing material may be removed 4 days after placement only if shores and other vertical supports have been arranged to permit removal of form -facing material without loosening or disturbing shores and supports. clean and repair surfaces of forms to be re -used in work. Split, frayed, delaminated or otherwise damaged form -facing material -will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new -form coating compound as specified for new formwork. When forms are extended for successive concrete placement, thoroughly clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten forms to close joints. Align and secure joint to avoid offsets. Do not use "patched" forms for exposed concrete surfaces, except as acceptable to Architect. Patching Defective Areas: Repair and patch defective areas with cement mortar immediately after removal of forms, when acceptable to Architect. Cit out honeycomb, rock pockets, voids over 1/4" in any dimension, and holes left by tie rods and bolts, down to solid concrete but, in no case, to a depth of less than 1 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to the concrete surface. Thoroughly clean, dampen with water and brush -coat the area to be patched with specified bonding agent. Place patching mortar after bonding compound has,dried. For exposed -to -view surfaces, blend white portland cement and standard portla nd cement so that, when dry, patching mortar will match color surrounding. Provide test areas at inconspicuous location to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike -off slightly higher than surrounding surface. Repair of Formed Surfaces: Remove and replace concrete having defective surfaces if defects cannot be repaired to satisfaction of Architect. Surface defects, as such, include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycomb, rock pockets; fins and other projections on surface; and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. Flush out form tie holes, fill with dry -pack mortar, or precast cement cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. Repair concealed formed surfaces, where possible, that contain defects that affect the durability of concrete. If defects cannot be repaired, remove and replace concrete. Reiair of Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as monolithic slabs, for smoothness and verify surface plane to tolerances specified for each surface and finish. Correct low and high areas as herein specified. Test unformed surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope, in addition to smoothness, using a template having required slope. 8epair finished unformed surfaces that contain defects which affect 898-96C (+''1 Cm.. Twf ._ nr T nr,+ ^.^wi r rn r CAST -IN -PI -ACE CONCRETE, CONT durability of concrete. Surface defects, as such, include crazing, cracks in excess of 0.01 inch wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through non -reinforced sections regardless of width, spalling, pop -outs, honeycomb, rock pockets, and other objectionable conditions. Co r_nt high areae in unformed surfaces by grinding, after concrete has cured at least 14 days. Cor _t low areas, in unformed surfaces during, or immediately after completion of surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching compound. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. Proprietary underlayment compounds may be used when acceptable to Architect. Repair d f tive areas, except random cracks and single holes not exceeding 1 inch diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas to sound concrete with clean, square cuts and expose reinforcing steel with at least 3/4 -inch clearance all around. Dampen concrete surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding compound. Mix patching concrete of same materials to provide concrete of same type or class as original concrete. Place, compact and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. Repair isolated random cracks and single holes not over 1 inch in diameter by dry -pack method. Groove top of cracks and cut-out holes to sound concrete and clean of dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen !^ cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding compound. Mix dry -pack, u consisting of one part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 mesh sieve, using only enough water as required for ,,.. handling and placing. Place dry -pack after bonding compound has dried. Compact dry -pack mixture in place and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for not less than 72 hours. Repair methods not specified above may be used, subject to acceptance of Architect. Q A ,TTY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION The Contractor will employ a testing laboratory to perform other tests and to submit test reports. Sampling ng and testing for quality control during placement of concrete may include the following, as directed by Architect. A slump cone and rod shall be on the job site at all times when concrete is being placed. Sampling FreshConcrete: ASTM C 172, except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C 94. j" Slump: ASTM C 143; one test for each concrete load at point of •. discharge; and one test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. ro►" Concrete Temp.ratUre: ASTM C 1064; one test hourly when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and below, when 80 deg F (27 deg C). r, and above, and one test for each set of compressive -strength 898-96C rTOm. T*I_ T>T Tr+T+ (`e)"(''T rMr CAST TN PT ACF CnNCRF'l'F, CONT specimens. romnress1on Test Specimen: ASTM C 31; one set of three standard cylinders for each compressive strength test, unless otherwise directed. Mold and store cylinders for laboratory cured test _ specimens except when field -cure test specimens are required. TPct• results will be reported in writing to Architect, Structural Engineer, Ready -Mix Producer, and Contractor within 24 hours after tests. Reports of compressive strength tests shall contain the project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing service, concrete type and class, location of -- concrete batch in structure, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mix proportions and materials; compressive breaking strength and type of break for both 7 -day tests and 28 -day tests. — Additional Tests: The testing service will make additional tests of in-place concrete when test results indicated specified concrete strengths and other characteristics have not been attained in the structure, as directed by Architect. Testing service may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C 42, or by other methods as directed. Contractor shall pay for such — tests when unacceptable concrete is verified. 898-96C 'Y T.. r+f*• TT Y1T T. ,^'T ^�,1 T7ryTTm^ I , SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS _PART_ 1 GENERAL i R .AT .D DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. This Section includes the following metal fabrications: Loose steel lintels. Shelf and relieving angles. Extruded nosings and treads. Relatp.d Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 5 section "Ornamental Metalwork" for ornamental metal handrails and railings fabricated from custom components. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product data for nonslip aggregates and nonslip aggregate surface finishes, prefabricated building columns, cast nosings, treads and thresholds, steel floor plate, paint products, and grout. .Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection of each metal fabrication indicated. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their, connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide templates for anchors and bolts specified for installation under other Sections. Samples representative of materials and finished products as may be requested by Architect. Welder ..r ; ; a signed by Contractor certifying that welders comply with requirements specified under the "Quality Assurance" Article. Qualification data for. firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include a list of completed. projects with project name, addresses, names of architects and owners, and other information specified. QUALITY ASS IRAN . . Fabricator Qual; ica ;ona: Firm experienced in producing metal fabrications similar to those indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance, and with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without delaying the Work. 898-96C S.RTTTT T'tT TTTP'T r1T n�TC nscnn _ � H Welding Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel," AWS D1.2 "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum,", and AWS D1.3 Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." Certify that each welder has satisfactorily passes AWS qualification tests for welding processes involved and, if pertinent, has undergone recertification. yield Measurements: Check actual locations of walls and other construction to which metal fabrications must fit by. accurate field measurements before fabrication. Show recorded measurements on final shop drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. Where field measurements cannot be made without delaying the Work, guarantee dimensions and proceed with fabricating products without field measurements. Coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to guaranteed dimensions. Allow for trimming and fitting. Metal Surfaces, General: For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom from surface blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. steel Tubing: Product type (manufacturing method) and as follows: Gold -Formed Steel Tubina: ASTM A 500. StAPI Pirae ASTM A 53, standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated, or another weight required by structural loads. Black finish, unless otherwise indicated. Gas -in Place Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type indicated below, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials capable of sustaining, without failure, the load imposed within a safety factor of 4, as determined by testing per ASTM E 488, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 (ASTM A 47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 271A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as required, hot -dip galvanized per ASTM A 153. PAINT ;hop Primer for FerrousMetal,• Fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free, universal modified -alkyd primer complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P-664, selected for good resistance to normal atmospheric corrosion; compatibility with finish paint systems indicated, and 898-96C METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 2 r capability to provide a sound foundation for field -applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure. General: Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 for electrodeposited zinc coating, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for the type, grade, and class required. Boand Nuts: Regular hexagon -head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6), with hex nuts, ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M), and, where indicated, flat washers. Machin.Screws: ANSI B18.6.3. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. Material: Carbon steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 5. Nonshrink,_ Nonmetallic ,rola: Factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. Available rods G: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: B-6 Construction Grout; W.R. Bonsal Co. Diamond -Crete Grout: Concrete Service Materials Co.. Supreme Plus; Cormix Construction Chemicals. Sure -grip High Performance Grout; Dayton Superior Corp. Euco N -S Grout; Euclid Chemical Co. Five Star Grout; Five Star Products. Vibropruf #11; Lambert Corp. Crystex; L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc. Masterflow 928 and 713; Master Builders Technologies, Inc. Sealtight 588 Grout; W.R. Meadows, Inc. Sonogrout 14; Sonneborn Building Products-ChemRex, Inc. Kemset; The Spray -Cure Company. Form metal fabrications from materials of size, thickness, and shapes 898-96C METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 3 indicated but not less than that needed to comply with performance requirements indicated. Work to dimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support. Use type of materials indicated or specified for various components of each metal fabrication. — Form exposed work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces and straight sharp edges. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs. Ea --e exposed edges. to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm), unless otherwise indicated. Form bent -metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed traffic surfaces. Weld corners and seama continuously to comply with the following: Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Fabricate and space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. 0it, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications,as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items. Fabricate joints that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water, or provide weep holes where water may accumulate. T DOSE STEET, LINTELS Fabricate longe stnictural steel lintels, from steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Weld adjoining m.mb.rs together to form a single unit where indicated. SHELF AND RELIEVING ANGLES Fabricate --bel f and relieving angles from steel angles of sizes indicated and for attachment to concrete framing. Provide slotted holes to receive 898-95C METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 4 METAL ABRT ATTONS, CONT 1/2 inch bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches fram ends and notmorethan 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed on exterior concrete framing. Furn; h wedge -type cannrete ins.r r,, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast -in-place concrete. Fabri.a.. unitr, of material, sizes, and configurations indicated. Provide extruded aluminum units with abrasive filler consisting of aluminum -oxide or silicon -carbide grits, or a combination of both, in an epoxy resin binder. Furnish in lengths as required to accurately fit each opening or conditions. Provide ribbed units, with abrasive filler strips projecting 1/16 inch (1.5 mm) above the aluminum extrusion. 1 Drawings are based on: Wooster: Type 231 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: American Safety Tread Co. Inc. Amstep Products. Armstrong Products, Inc. Balco/Metalines Inc. Safe -T -Metal Co. Wooster Products Inc Provide anchors for embedding units in concrete, either integral or applied to units, as standard with the manufacturer. Finish metal fabri a ions after assembly. STEEL AND IRON FTNi HES Preparation fnr Rhm riming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with minimum requirements indicted below for SSPC surface preparation specifications and environmental exposure conditions of installed metal fabrications: Exteriors (SSPC Zone1B1: SSPC-SP 6 "Commercial B1ast.Cleaning." Apply shop primer to uncoated surfaces of metal fabrications, except those with galvanized finishes or to be embedded in concrete, sprayed -on fireproofing, or masonry, unless otherwise indicated. Comply withrequirements of SSPC-PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No.1" for shop painting. Strip paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges. 898-96C METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 5 L Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installing anchorages, including concrete inserts, sleeves, anchor bolts, and miscellaneous items having integral anchors that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. renter nosings on tread widths with .noses flush with riser faces and tread surfaces. - set sleeves -in concrete with tops flush with finish surface elevations. Protect sleeves from water and concrete entry. TNSTALLATTON, GENERAT, Fastening to In -Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing miscellaneous metal fabrications to in-place construction. Include threaded fasteners for concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, lag bolts, wood screws, and other connectors as required. c>>ttina Fitting, snd Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing miscellaneous metal fabrications. Set metal fabrication accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonry or similar construction. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop -welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade the surfaces of exterior units that have been hot -dip galvanized after fabrication and are intended for bolted or screwed field connections. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. Remove welding flux immediately. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so that no roughness shows after finishing, and contour of welded surface matches those adjacent. corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. 898-96C METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 6 METAL FABRICATIONS, CONT fi 7 y TNSTAT.T.TNG NOSTN ,S , TREADS, AND THRESHOLDS Install with anchorage system,indeated ocomply with manufacturer's recommendations. ADJUSTING AND CLEANTNG Touch -m Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up shop -painted surfaces. Apply by brush or spray to provide a 2.0 mil (0.05 mm) minimum dry film thickness. Touch-up Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of the shop paint on miscellaneous metal is specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." �I 898-96C METAL FABRICATIONS 05500 - 7 SECTION 5700 - ORNAMENTAL META. WORK PART 1 - GEN REAL Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. This section includes the following: Cold -formed railings, hand rails and accessories. Related ions: The following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: Division 5 Section "Shept Metal Fabrications" for metal fabrications made from sheet metal. Struntliral Performance of Han ails and Railing inch Systems: Design, engineer, fabricate, and install handrails and railing systems to withstand the following structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working stress of the materials for handrails, railing systems, anchors, and connections. Apply each load to produce the maximum stress in each of the respective components comprising handrails and railing systems. Top Rail of Giardrail systems: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: Concentrated load of 300 lbf applied at any point nonconcurrently, vertically downward or horizontally. Uniform load of 100 lbf per linear ft. applied nonconcurrently, vertically downward or horizontally. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Capable of withstanding the following loads applied as indicated: Concantratpd load of 250 lbf applied at any point nonconcurrently, vertically downward or horizontally. Uniform load of 75 lbf per linear foot applied noncurrently, vertically downward or horizontally. Concentrated and uniform loads above need not be assumed to act concurrently. Tnfill Area of Guardrail Sys ms: Capable of withstanding a �•. horizontal concentrated load of 200 lbf applied to one sq. ft. at any point in the system including panels, intermediate rails. balusters, or other elements composing the infill area. r 898-96C ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 1 Above load need not be assumed to act concurrently with uniform horizontal loads on top rails of railing systems in determining stress on guard. Product data for each product used in ornamental metalwork, including finishing materials and methods. Shop drawings showing fabrication and installation of ornamental metalwork including plans, elevations and details of components and attachments to other units of Work. Indicate materials, profiles of each ornamental metalwork member and fitting, joinery, finishes, fasteners, anchorages and accessory items. Include setting drawings, templates, and directions for installation of anchor bolts and other anchorages to be installed as unit of Work of other sections. rabrica or Qualifications: Firm experienced in successfully producing ornamental metalwork similar to that indicated for this Project, with sufficient production capacity to produce required units without causing delay in the Work. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with the following: AWS D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel." Fi pl d Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication, where possible, to ensure proper fitting of ornamental metalwork. Do not delay job progress; allow for adjustments and fitting where taking of field measurements before fabrication might delay Work. General: Provide ornamental metalwork composed of metals of the forms and types which comply with requirements of referenced standards and which are free from surface blemishes where exposed to view in the finished unit, Exposed -to -view surfaces exhibiting pitting, seam marks, roller marks, "oil canning," stains, discolorations or other imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. Stepl and Tron: Provide steel and iron in the form indicated complying with the following requirements: mina: Cold -formed, ASTM A 500; or hot -rolled, ASTM A 501. -Pel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: Gray Tron Cas Ings: ASTM A 48, 898-96C ORNAMENTAL METALWORK ASTM A 36.. Class 30. 05700 - 2 ORNAMENTAL METALWORK, CONT" 'a. Malleable Tron CastingZ-: ASTM A fabricator for type of use indicated. MTSCELLANEOUS MATERTALS 47, grade as recommended by Welding rlentrndes and Filler Metal:, Type and alloy of filler metal and electrodes as recommended by producer of metal to be welded, complying with applicable AWS specifications, and as required for color match, strength and compatibility in the fabricated items. Fasteners: Of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use metals which are corrosive or otherwise incompatible with metals joined. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnection of ornamental metalwork components and for their attachment to other work, except where otherwise indicated. Nonshri_nk Nonm. all; ,rout: Pre -mixed, factory -packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with CE CRD C621. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications of type specified in this section. Anchors and inserts: Provide anchors of type, size, and material required for type of loading and installation condition shown, as { recommended by manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated. Use expansion bolt devices for drilled -in-place anchors. Primer Paint for Steel and Tron: Manufacturer's standard rust -inhibiting primer; compatible with finish coats of paint. Coordinate selection of metal primer with finish paint requirements specified in Division 9. t Zinc Chromate Primpr: FS TT -P-645. Form ornamental metalwork to required shapes and sizes, with true curves, lines and angles. Provide components in sizes and profiles indicated, but not less than required to comply with requirements indicated for structural performance. Provide njecessary rebates, lugs and brackets for assembly of units. Useconcealed fasteners wherever possible. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in shop welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of exposed side. Clean exposed welded joints of all welding flux, and dress on all exposed and contact surfaces. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Cope or miter corner joints. Provide castings that are sound and free of warp or defects which impair strength and appearance. Finish exposed surfanAs to smooth, sharp, well-defined lines and arises. �.. Preassemble items in shoo to greatest extent possible to minimize field j splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and 898-96C ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 3 coordinated installation. FARRTCATTON OF HANDRATLS AND RAILINGS Nonwelded Connections: Fabricate fencing systems for interconnection of members by means of concealed mechanical fasteners and fittings unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate members and fittings to produce flush, smooth, rigid, hairline joints. Welded Connections: : Fabricate handrails and railing systems of materials indicated below for interconnections of members by welding. Use welding method which is appropriate for metal and finish indicated and develops strength required to comply with structural performance criteria. Finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth, flush, and blended to match adjoining surfaces. Form changes in direction of railing members by bending members, insertion of prefabricated elbow fittings, radius bends, or by mitering. At elbow bends provide mitered joints. Provide wall returns at ends of wall -mounted handrails, unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns unless clearance between end of the railing and wall is 1/4" or less. Hrackets, Flanges. Fittings, and Anchors: Provide brackets,_flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors for interconnection of other work. Furnish inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting handrails and railing systems to concrete or masonry work. Fabricate anchorage devices which are capable of withstanding loadings imposed by railing systems. Coordinate anchorage devices with supporting structure. For railing posts Get in concrete provide preset sleeves of steel, not less than 6 inch long and inside dimensions not less than 1/2 inch greater than outside dimensions of post, with steel plate forming bottom closure. See drawings for details. Comply with NAAMM "Metal i ni shes Manual" for recommendations relative to application and designations of finishes. STERT. AND IRON FINISHES Preparation'for Paint Finish: Clean surfaces of dirt, grease, and loose rust or mill scale, including items fabricated from galvanized steel, if any, followed by a conversion coating of type suited to organic coating applied over it. Factory -Primed Finish: Apply air-dried primer immediately following cleaning and pretreatment, to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils per applied coat, to surfaces which will be exposed after assembly and installation, and to concealed, nongalvanized surfaces. 898-96C ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 4 ORNAMENTAL META ,WORK , CONT a Coordinate and furnish anchorages and setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions and directions for installation of items having integral anchors which are to be -embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to the project site. Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing ornamental metal items to in-place construction. Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for installation of ornamental metalwork. Set products accurately in location, alignment and elevation, plumb, level and true, measured from established lines and levels. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight, hairline joints or, where indicated, with uniform revels and spaces for sealants and joint fillers. Where cutting, welding and grinding are required for proper shop fitting and jointing of ornamental metal items, restore { finishes to eliminate any evidence of such corrective work. Do not cut or abrade finishes which cannot be completely restored in the field. Return items with such finishes to the shop for required alterations, followed by complete refinishing or provide new units as required. Restore protective coverings which have been damaged during shipment or installation of the work. Remove protective coverings only when there is no possibility of damage from other work yet to be performed at the same location. Retain protective coverings intact and remove simultaneously from similarly finished items to preclude nonuniform oxidation and discoloration. �^ Field Welding: Comply with applicable AWS specification for procedures of manual shielded metal -arc welding, for appearance and quality of welds made, and for methods used in correcting welding work. Weld connections .. which are not to be left as exposed joints, but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Grind exposed welded joints smooth and restore finish to match finish of adjacent surfaces. Adjust railing systems prior to anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints. Space posts or brackets at interval indicated but not less than that required by design loadings. or masonry with fittings designed for "N 898-96C ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 5 Concr -An hor.d Pnsts in Sleeves: Insert posts in preset sleeves cast into concrete and fill annular space between posts and sleeve solid with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout, mixed and Placed to comply with grout manufacturer's directions. Weld.d conn._ lona: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components by welding. Cope or butt components to provide 100 �. percent contact or use fittings designed for this purpose. or masonry with fittings designed for "N 898-96C ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 5 ORNAMENTAL MF this purpose. Touch-ur> Painting: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint is specified in Division 9 of these specifications. PROTECTTON Protect finishes of ornamental metalwork from damage during construction period by use of temporary protective coverings approved by ornamental metalwork fabricator. Remove protective covering at time of Substantial Completion. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so that no evidence remains of correction work. Return items which cannot be ref inished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required. 898-96C ORNAMENTAL METALWORK 05700 - 6 SECTION 07901 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL r RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specifications, apply to work of this section. DESCRIPTION OF WORK The extent of each form and type of joint sealer is indicated on drawings and by provisions of this section. The applications for joint sealers as work of this section include the following: Sidewalk joints. Pavement and sidewalk joints. Wall joints (exterior). Window and door joints. Interior wall and ceiling joints. Fire resistant joint sealers. General r orman Except as otherwise indicated, joint sealers are required to establish and maintain airtight and watertight continuous seals on a permanent basis, within recognized limitations of wear and aging as indicated for each application. Failures of installed sealers to comply with this requirement will be recognized as failures of materials and workmanship. Prodi Data: Submit manufacturer's product specifications, handling/installation/curing instructions, and performance tested data sheets for each elastomeric product required. Weather .on i.iana: Do not proceed with installation of liquid sealants under unfavorable weather conditions. Install elastomeric sealants when temperature is in lower third of temperature range recommended by manufacturer for installation. Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by testing and field experience. r olog: Provide color of exposed joint sealers indicated or, if not otherwise .indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's ! 898-96C ', JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 1 standard colors. One -Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25, -Uses NT, M, A and, as applicable to joints substrates indicated, 0 for sealing at exterior and interior door and window joints where "caulk" is indicated. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: One -Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant: "Chem -Calk 900"; Bostik Construction Products Div. "Dynatrol I"; Pecora Corp. "Sonolastic NP 1"; Sonneborn Building Products Div., Rexnord Chem. Prod. Inc "Dymonic"; Tremco Inc. Acrylic. -Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, .one part, nonsag, acrylic, mildew -resistant, acrylic -emulsion sealant complying with ASTM C 834, formulated to be paintable and recommended -for exposed applications on interior wood framing, acoustical panels and other locations where joint movement is not more than + or - 7.55. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: "Chem -Calk 600"; Bostik Construction Products Div. 11AC-2011; Pecora Corp. "Sonolac"; Sonneborn Building Products Div.; Rexnord Chem. Prod., Inc. "Tremco Acrylic Latex Caulk"; Tremco Inc. FIRE-RESISTANT JOINT SEALERS General: Provide manufacturer's standard sealant and accessory materials with fire -resistance rating indicated which are identical to those of assemblies whose fire endurance has been determined by testing per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Foamed In Place Fire -Stopping Sealant: Two-part, foamed -in-place, silicone sealant formulated for use as part of a through -penetration fire -stop system for filling openings around cables, conduit, pipes, ducts and similar multiple penetrations through walls and floors and attic smoke and firewalls. Use for sealing firewalls to deck. Ong -Part Fire -Stopping Sealant: One part elastomeric sealant formulated for use as part of a through -penetration fire -stop system for sealing openings around cables, conduit, pipes and similar single penetrations through walls and floors Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 898-96C JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 2 JOINT SEALANTS, GONT Foamed -In -Place Fire -Stopping Sealant: FPO "Dow Corning Fire Stop Foam"; Dow Corning Corp. "Pensil 851"; General Electric Co. "Dow Corning Fire Stop Sealant"; Dow Corning Corp. "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP -25"; Electrical Products Div./3M. Primer: Provide type recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Provide non -staining, chemical cleaner of type acceptable to manufacturer of sealant and sealant backing materials which are not harmful to substrates and adjacent nonporous materials. Accessory Mat riala for Fir. -Stopping Sealants: Provide forming, joint -fillers, packing and other accessory materials required for installation of fire -stopping sealants as applicable to installation conditions indicated. All joint sealing is to be completed prior to application of water repellent wall sealer. Installer to inspect joints indicated to receive joint sealers for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances and other conditions affecting joint sealer performance. r- Obtain Installer's written report listing any conditions detrimental to performance of joint sealer work. Do not allow joint sealer work to proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. j PREPARATION E. Surfare Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealers to comply with recommendations of joint sealer manufacturers and the following requirements: Remove all foreign material from joint substrates which could interfere with adhesion of joint sealer, including dust; paints, except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer; oil; grease; waterproofing; water repellants; water; surface dirt and frost. Clean concrete, masonry, unglazed surfaces of ceramic tile and similar porous joint substrate surfaces, by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, acid washing or a combination of these �., methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable.of developing optimum bond with joint sealers. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with r 898-96C JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 3 oil -free compressed air. Remove laitance and form release agents from concrete. Clean metal, glass, porcelain enamel, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile and other non -porous surfaces by chemical cleaners or other means which are not harmful to substrates or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealers. Joint priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealer manufacturer based on tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint sealer manufacturer's recommendations. Confine primers to areas of joint sealer bond, do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces which otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' printed installation instructions applicable to products and applications indicated, except where more stringent requirements apply. P astomeric Sealant Tnstallation Standard: Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 962 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications and conditions indicated. Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with requirements of ASTM C 790 for use of latex sealants. Tnstalla ion of Sealants: Install sealants by proven techniques that result in sealants directly contacting and fully wetting joint substrates, completely filling recesses provided for each joint configuration and providing uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths which allow optimum sealant movement capability. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and prior to time skinning or curing begins, tool sealant to form smooth, uniform beads to eliminate air pockets and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. Do not use tooling agents which discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces or are not approved by sealant manufacturer. Installation of Fire -Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill openings around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and walls to provide fire -stops with fire resistance ratings indicated for floor or wall assembly in which penetration occurs. Protect joint sealers during contaminating substances or operations or other causes 898-96C JOINT SEALANTS and after curing period from contact with from damage resulting from construction so that they are without deterioration or 07901 - 4 damage at time of substantial completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out _ and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealers immediately and reseal joints with new materials to produce joint sealer installations with repaired areas indistinguishable from original work. CIPan o f excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved by manufacturers of joint sealers and of products in which joints occur. 898-96C JOINT SEALANTS 07901 - 5 _SECTiON 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMF9 PART I - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. This S. ion includes steel doors and frames. Doors: Flush or composite construction standard steel doors for exterior locations. Frames: Pressed steel frames for exterior door openings of following type: Welded unit type at exterior doors. Drywall Slip -On type at interior drywall construction. Ass.mbli.s: Provide standard steel door and frame assemblies as required for the following: Labeled and fire rated. Provide factory primed doors and frames to be field painted. Related sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Division 4 Section "Unit- Masonry" for building anchors into and grouting frames in masonry construction. Division 8 section "Flush Wood Doors" for solid -core wood doors installed in steel frames. Division 8 Section 11T)nnr Hardware" for door hardware and weatherstripping. Division 9 Rention "Gypsum Rnard Aeeemh1 i PG" for spot grouting frames in gypsum board partitions. Division 9 Section " ain ina" for field painting primed doors and frames. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product Data for -each type of door and frame specified, including details of construction, materials, dimensions, hardware preparation, core, label compliance, sound ratings, profiles, and finishes. Shop Drawings showing fabrication and installation of standard steel doors and frames. Include details of each frame type, elevations of door design types, conditions at openings,' details of construction, location 898-96C STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 1 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES. CONT and installation requirements of door and frame hardware and reinforcements, and details of joints and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Door S .hedule: Submit schedule of doors and frames using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Contract Drawings. Provide doors and frames complying :with ANSI/SDI 100 "Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames" and as specified. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Units that comply with NFPA 80, are identical to door and frame assemblies tested for fire -test -response characteristics per ASTM E 152, and are labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. ncliyAr doors and frames cardboard -wrapped or crated to provide protection during transit and job storage. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to finish of factory -finished doors and frames. Tnspect doors and frames on delivery for damage. Minor damages may be repaired provided refinished items match new work and are acceptable to Architect; otherwise, remove and replace damaged items as directed. PART 2. - PRODUCTS MANUFACTURERS Drawings are based on: Republic DM 416. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Ceco Door Products. Fenestra Corp. Republic Builders Products. Steelcraft. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheets: Carbon steel complying with ASTM A 366 (ASTM A 366M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 620 (ASTM A 620M),- drawing quality, special killed. Galvanized Steel Sheets: Zinc -coated carbon steel complying with ASTM A 526 (ASTM A 526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 642 (ASTM A 642M), drawing quality, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A 525, with A 60 or G 60 (ASTM A 525M, with Z 180 or ZF 180) coating designation, mill phosphatized. 898-96C STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT SupportRuppnrtg and Anchors: Fabricated from not less than 0.0478 -inch- (1.2 mm) thick steel sheet; 0.0516 inchy (1 -3 -mm) thick` galvanized steel where used with galvanized steel frames. Inserts. Bolts and Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard units. Where items are to be built into exterior walls, hot -dip galvanize complying with ASTM A 153, Class C or D as applicable. Shop_ Applied Paint: Apply after fabrication. Primer: Rust -inhibitive enamel or paint, either air -drying or baking, �- suitable as a base for specified finish paints complying with ANSI A224.1, "Test Procedure and Acceptance Criteria for Prime Painted Steel Surfaces for Steel Doors and Frames." Steel Doors: Provide 1 -3/4 -inch- (44 mm) thick 16 gage doors of materials and ANSI/SDI 100 grades and models specified below, or as indicated on Drawings or schedules: Prov'd. metal dnnrr, of SDI grades and models specified below or as indicated on drawings or schedules: Exterior Doors and Stairwell: ANSI/SDI-100, Grade III, extra heavy-duty, Model 4, minimum 16 -gage galvanized steel faces. Providp m. al fram s for doors according to ANSI/SDI 100, and of types and styles as shown on Drawings and schedules. Conceal fastenings, unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate frames of minimum 16 gage cold- x rolled steel. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners, continuously welded construction for exterior applications and knocked down for field assembly at interior applications. Form Pxterinr frames from 16 gage 0.0635 inch (1.6- mm) thick galvanized steel sheet. Door Si1Pnrf;rc.;: Except on weatherstripped frames, drill stops to receive 3 silencers on strike jambs of single -door frames. PlastAr yards: Provide minimum 26 gage 0.0179 inch (0.45 mm) thick steel plaster guards or mortar boxes at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interior of openings. Fabricate steel door and frame units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. Clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment, to assure proper assemble at Project site. Comply with ANSI/SDI 100 requirements. 898-96C STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 3 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT Tn ernal Construction: The following manufacturer's standard core materials according to SDI standards: Resin -impregnated paper honeycomb at flush doors. Clearan Not more than 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at jambs and heads, except not more than 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) between non -fire -rated pairs of doors. Not more than 3/4 inch 19 mm) at bottom. Fire Doors: Provide clearances according to NFPA 80. Fabricate doors to be mortised and reinforced with full height with minimum 11 -gage steel lock edge channel welded at a maximum of 5" o.c. Provide continuous top and bottom 16 -gage steel channels welded at a maximum of 2-1/2" o.c. Lock edge shall have a continuous welded and planished seam at panel joint. ol.ran Comply with SDI 117 "Manufacturing Tolerances Standard Steel Doors and Frames." Fabricate frames, concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold- or hot -rolled steel sheet. Galvanized Steel Doors, Panels, and Frames: For the following locations, fabricate doors, panels, and frames from galvanized steel sheet according to SDI 112. Close top and bottom edges of doors flush as an integral part of door construction or by addition of minimum 0.0635 inch (1.6 mm) thick galvanized steel channels, with channel webs placed even with top and bottom edges. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. At exterior locations. Exposed Fasteners: 'Unless otherwise indicated, provide countersunk flat or oval heads for exposed screws and bolts. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardware according to final door hardware schedule and templates provided by hardware supplier. Comply with applicable requirements of SDI 107 and ANSI A115 Series specifications for door and frame preparation for, hardware. Door Hinge reinforcement shall have a minimum of 3/16" total thickness. Door panic exit device reinforcement shall be a minimum 16 -gage steel. Reinforcement for closers shall be a minimum of 12 -gage steel. Hinge reinforcement plates shall be a minimum of 9 -gage steel. Strike reinforcement shall be a minimum of 14 -gage steel, extruded and formed to an equivalent of 10 -gage. c'i oG r reinforcement shall be a minimum of 12 -gage steel. 898-96C STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 4 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT RaInforre doors and frames to receive surface -applied hardware. Drilling and tapping for surface -applied; hardware may. be done at Project site. Locate hardware as indicated on Shop Drawings or, if not indicated, according to the Door and Hardware Institute's (DHI) "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames", published by Door and Hardware Institute. Comply with AMM' "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes. Comply with SSPc-PA 1. "Paint Application Specification No. 1," for steel sheet finishes. Apply primers to doors and frames after fabrication. Shop Painting: Clean, treat, and paint exposed surfaces of steel door and frame units, including galvanized surfaces. Clean steel s Urfa s of mill scale, rust, oil, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials before application of paint. Apply shop coat of prime paint of even consistency to provide a uniformly finished surface ready to receive finish paint. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating applied over it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paint specified below to comply with ASTM A 780. Factory Priming or i.1d- ain d Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated, apply air-dried primer specified below immediately after cleaning and pretreatment. Shop Primer: Zinc -dust, zinc -oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FS TT -P-614, Type II. Surfarp Preparation: Solvent -clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 1 to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants that could impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel to comply with SSPC-SP 5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning) or SSPC-SP 8 (Pickling). Pretreatment: Immediately after surface preparation, apply a conversion coating of type suited to organic coating applied over it. Factory Primina for Field -Painted Finish: Apply shop primer that complies with ANSI A224.1 acceptance criteria, is compatible with finish paint systems indicated, and has capability to provide a sound foundation I for field -applied topcoats. Apply primer immediately after surface 898-96C G: STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 5 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES, CONT preparation and pretreatment.,. PART 3 - EXECUTION INSPECTION Tnataller must examine substrate and conditions under which.steel doors and frames are to be installed and must notify Contractor in writing of any conditions detrimental to proper and timely completion of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Installer. General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer's data, and as specified. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set frames accurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is completed, remove temporary braces and spreaders, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. At existinc,r concrete construction, install at least 3 completed opening anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding.heights on strike jamb. Set frames and secure to adjacent construction with bolts and masonry anchorage devices. In metal -stud partitions, install at least 3 wall anchors per jamb at hinge and strike levels. In steel -stud partitions, attach wall anchors to studs with screws. Install fire -rated frames according to NFPA 80. nnor Installation: Fit hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI 100. Prime Coat Touchup-: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying primer. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doors and frames. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items, leaving steel doors and frames undamaged and in complete and proper operating conditions. 898-96C STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 6 Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. Rxtent and to a ion of each type of flush wood door is indicated on drawings and in schedules. Thig S_ ;on includes the following: Solid core flush wood doors and transoms with wood veneer faces. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: Metal door frames for flush wood doors are specified in another Division -8 section. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Prodlict Data: Door manufacturer's technical data for each type of door, including details of core and edge construction, trim for openings and louvers, and factory -finishing specifications. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details of construction, location and extent of hardware blocking, fire ratings, requirements for veneer matching and factory finishing and other pertinent data. Use same reference numbers for details and openings as those on the original contract documents. O AT,Ty ASSURANCE Quality Standards: Comply with the following standards: AWT Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards", of Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) for grade of door, core k'.. construction, finish and other requirements exceeding those of NWWDA quality standard. Fire -Rated Wood Doors: Provide wood doors that comply with NFPA 80; which are identical in materials and construction to units tested in door and frame assemblies per ASTM E 152 and which are labeled and listed for € ratings indicated by UL, Warnock Hersey or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. !" Ov- s' Fire -Rated Wood Doors: For door assemblies exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, provide manufacturer's certificate stating that doors conform to all standard construction requirements of tested and labeled fire door assemblies except as to size. TAmp-ra_ur. Rise Ra ina: At stairwell enclosures, provide doors that 898-96C. G:. FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 1 have a temperature rise rating of 450 deg F (232 deg C) maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. Temperature Rise Rating: At stairwell enclosures, provide doors that have a temperature rise rating of 250 deg F (121 deg C) maximum in 30 minutes of fire exposure. Single -Source Responsibility: Obtain doors from one source and by a single manufacturer. DFT,TVFRV, STORAGE, AND HANDLING Protect doors during transit, storage and handling to prevent damage, soiling and deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standards and recommendations of NWWDA pamphlet "How, to Store, Handle, Finish, Install, and Maintain Wood Doors", as well as with manufacturer's instructions. Comply with STC Technical Bulletin 420-R for delivery, storage, and handling of.doors. Tdentify each door with individual opening numbers which correlate with designation system used on shop drawings for door, frames, and hardware, using temporary, removable or concealed markings. Conditioning: Do not deliver or install doors until conditions for temperature and relative humidity. have been stabilized and will be maintained in storage and installation areas during remainder of construction period to comply with the following requirements applicable to project's geographical location: AWI quality standard including Section 100-5-11 "Relative Humidity and Moisture Content". WARRANTY (gin ral Warranty: Door Manufacturer's Warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped (bow, cup or twist) more than 1/4 inch (6.35 mm) in a 42 by 84 inch (1067 by 2134 mm) section or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3 inch (0.25 mm in a 75 mm) span, or do not.conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. Warranty shall also include reinstallation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging. Warranty shall be in effect during following period of time after date of Substantial Completion. 898-96C FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS, CONT Solid Cnra TnterinrDoors• 7 Life of installation. Contractor's Responsibilities: Replace or refinish doors where Contractor's work contributed to rejection or to voiding of manufacturer's warranty. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide doors of one of the following: Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. Ampco Products, Inc. Buell Door Company. Eagle Plywood & Door Manufacturing, Inc. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. Fenestra Corporation. Haley Brothers, Inc. Ideal Wood Products, Inc. Marlite. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc. Poncraf t Door `Co . Ragland Manufacturing Co, Inc. V -T Industries, Inc. Weyerhauser Company. ��= 0 =2111 Solid o Doors for Tr nsnarent Finish: Comply with the following requirements: Faces: Walnut veneer, to match existing adjacent doors. AWI Grade: Custom. .ona_ ion: 5 plies. (Particleboard core). Core: Particleboard core. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. Fire -Rated Solid Core Door_a: Comply with the following requirements: Fares and AWT Orad .: Provide faces and grade to match non -rated doors in same area of building, unless otherwise indicated. I„ Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction as required to provide fire -resistance rating indicated. Blocking: I Provide composite blocking designed to maintain fire resistance of door but with improved screw -holding capability of same 898-96C FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 3 thickness as core and with minimum dimensions as follows: 5 -inch (125 mm) top rail blocking. 5 inch (125 mm) bottom rail blocking. 5 by 18 inch (125 by 450 mm) lock blocks. 5 inch (125 mm) midrail blocking. Edge construction: Manufacturer's standard laminated -edge construction improved screw -holding capability and split resistance as compared to edges composed of a single layer of treated lumber as required to provide fire -resistance rating indicated. Pahr;cate flush wood doors to produce doors complying with following requirements: Tn sizes indicated for job -site fitting. Comply with tolerance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting. Comply with requirements of NFPA 80 for fire - resistance -rated doors. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame shop drawings, DHI A115 -W series standards, and hardware templates. Coordinate measurements of hardware mortises in metal frames to verify dimensions and alignment before proceeding with factory machining. Transom and Side* Panels: Fabricate matching panels with same construction, exposed surfaces and finish as specified for associated doors. Fixed Transom _Panels: Fabricate fixed panels with solid lumber transom bottom rail and door top rail, both rabbeted. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, anchorage and swing characteristics, and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. Reject doors with defects. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 898-9.6C FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 4 I r Hardware: For installation see Division 8 Section "Finish Hardware." Manufacturer's Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and of referenced AWI standard and as indicated. nb-Fi t Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. Fitting Clearances for Non -Rated Doors: Provide 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) at jambs and heads; 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) per leaf at meeting stiles for pairs of doors; and 1/8 (3.2 mm) from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. Ei P1 c7 -Finished Doors: Refer to the following for finishing requirements: Division 9 section "Painting". ADJUSTING AND PROTECTION: Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors will be without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 898-96C FLUSH WOOD DOORS 08211 - 5 rr, RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. u u 13:i` This .n includes the followin• Metal lath and accessories. Portland cement plaster. Stucco finishes. RPIa_ed sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: n'v's'on 5 Section "Cold Formed Metal Framing" for load-bearing steel studs and joists. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry" for wood framing and furring. General: Submit each item in this Article according to the Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections. Product a _a for each product specified. neliver cementitioUS materials to Project site in original packages, containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, and lot number. Store materials inside, under cover, and dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. Environmental Requirements, General: Comply with requirements of referenced plaster application standards and recommendations of plaster manufacturer for environmental conditions before, during, and after plaster application. Cold -Weather Requirements: Provide heat and protection, temporary or, permanent, as required to protect each coat of plaster from freezing for at least 24 hours after application. Distribute heat uniformly to prevent concentration of heat on plaster near heat sources; provide deflection or protective screens. Warm -Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job 898-96C 09220 - 1 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. Exterior Plaster Work: Do not apply plaster when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F (4 deg C). — Ex for Plaster Work: Protect plaster against freezing when ambient temperature is below 40 deg F (4 deg C) by heating materials and providing temporary protection and heat as required by ACI 306R. Protect contiguouswork from soiling and moisture deterioration caused by — plastering. Provide temporary covering and other provisions necessary to minimize harmful spattering of plaster on other work. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: Expanded -Metal Lath- Alabama a h:Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO). Dale/Incor Industries, Inc. -- Dietrich Industries, Inc. National Gypsum Co. Unimast, Inc. United States Gypsum Co. MAtAl A anrips- — Alabama Metal Industries Corp. (AMICO). Dale/Incor Industries, Inc. — Delta Star, Inc. Fry Reglet Corporation. Metalex (Keene Products). MM Systems Corp. National Gypsum Co. Unimast, Inc. United States Gypsum Co. Western Metal Lath Co. Stucco — E1 Rey Stucco Company. Florida Stucco Corp. Highland Stucco. IPA Systems;, Inc. United States Gypsum Co. LATH Expanded -Metal Lath: Comply with ASTM C 847 for material, type, — configuration, and other characteristics indicated below. 898-96C — PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 2 Poll t Material: Fabricate expanded -metal lath from sheet metal conforming to the following: Galvanized Steel: Structural -quality, zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 (ASTM A 653M, Z180) minimum coating designation, unless otherwise indicated. Diamond -Mesh Lath: Comply with the following requirements: .on jg»ration: Self -furring. Weigh : 3.4 lb/sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m). ACCESSORIES rpneral: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063 and the requirements indicated below; coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. Aluminum Components: Alloy, temper, and finish recommended by manufacturer with not less than the strength and durability properties of aluminum extrusions complying with ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M) for alloy and temper 6063-T5. Galvanizpd Steel Components: Fabricated from zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G40 (ASTM A 653M, Z90) minimum coating designation. zinc -Alloy Components: ASTM B 69, 99 percent pure zinc. Metal corner Reinforcement: Expanded, large -mesh, diamond -metal lath fabricated from zinc -alloy or welded -wire mesh fabricated from 0.0475 inch (1.2 mm) diameter, zinc -coated (galvanized) wire and specially formed to reinforce external corners of portland cement plaster on exterior exposures while allowing full plaster encasement. c_ornerbeads : Small nose cornerbeads fabricated from the following metal, with expanded flanges of large -mesh diamond -metal lath allowing full plaster encasement. (USG #1-A) Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch (0.44 mm) thick. rAging Beads Square -edged style (USG #66), with expanded flanges of the following material: galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch (0.44 mm) thick. Foundation Sill (Weep) Screed: Manufacturer's standard profile designed for use at sill plate line to form plaster stop and prevent plaster from contacting damp earth, fabricated from zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet. Lath Atta.hment Devices: Material and type required by ASTM C 1063 for installations indicated. PLASTER MATERIALS i Rasp -Coat Cements: Type as indicated below: 898-96C PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 69220 - 3 Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I. Stunro Vinigh Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory -packaged stucco, including Portland cement, aggregate, coloring agent, and other proprietary ingredients. Factory -Prepared Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory -packaged blend of Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I or III; hydrated lime, Type S, ASTM C 206 or ASTM C 207; aggregate, ASTM C 897; and compatible with base coat and finish texture indicated; in color indicated below: Provide color selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors. Lime: Special hydrated lime for finishing purposes, ASTM C 206, Type S; or special hydrated lime for masonry purposes, ASTM C 207, Type S. Sand Agaregatp for Rage Coats,: ASTM C 897. Aggregate for FinishCoats: ASTM C 897 system and as indicated below: Manufactured or natural sand, in color matching Architect's sample. Water for Mixing and Finishing Potable. 8=0 . ; . - • Acid -Etching Solution: Muriatic acid (10 percent solution of commercial hydrochloric acid) mixed 1 part to not less than 6 nor more than 10.parts water. Dash -Coat Material: 2 parts Portland cement to 3 parts fine sand, mixed with water to a mushy -paste consistency. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for base- and finish -coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, materials, and other requirements indicated. Base -Coat Mixes and Compositions: Proportion materials for respective base coats in parts by volume per sum of cementitious materials for aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below within limits specified to attain workability. Threp-roat Work over MetalLath: Base -coat proportions as indicted below: ScratchCoat: 1 part Portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 2-1/2 to 4 parts aggregate. Brown coat: 1 part Portland cement, 3/4 to 1-1/2 parts lime, 3 to 5 parts aggregate. Stucco F'n; h Coat: Add water only; comply with stucco manufacturer's written instructions. 898-96C PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 4 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER. CONT r MTXTN ," Mprhanirally mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. INSTALLATION OF LATH AND FURRING GENERAL_ Standards: Comply with ML/SFA 920, "Guide Specifications for Metal Lathing and Furring," and with requirements of ASTM C 1063. Tns all slipplemen ary framing, binck ng., and bracing at terminations in work and for support of fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, handrails, furnishings, and similar work to comply with details indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, to comply with applicable written instructions of lath and furring manufacturer. , Tsolation: Where lathing and metal support system abuts building structure horizontally and where partition or wall abuts overhead structure, sufficiently isolate from structural movement to prevent transfer of loading from building structure. Install slip- or lateral support. cushion - type joints to absorb deflections but maintain Frame both sides of control joints independently and do not bridge joints with furring and lathing or accessories. Tnstall additional framing, furring, runners, lath, and beads, as required to form openings and frames for other work as indicated. Coordinate support system for proper support of framed work that is not indicated to be supported independently of metal furring and lathing system. Tnstall metal lath for the following applications where plaster base coats are required. Provide appropriate type, configuration, and weight of metal lath selected from materials indicated that comply with referenced ML/SFA specifications and ASTM lathing installation standards. Rxterior Monolithic surfaces using 3.4 Ib/sq. yd. (1.8 kg/sq. m) minimum weight, galvanized self -furring, diamond -mesh lath or vertical metal framing and furring as required for plaster thickness. Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work. Etch concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster application. Scrub with acid -etching solution on previously wetted surface and rinse thoroughly with clean water. Repeat application, if necessary, to obtain adequate suction and mechanical bond of plaster (where dash coat bonding agent, or additive is not used). Apply bonding agent on concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster application; comply with manufacturer's 898-96C 09220 - 5 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER written instructions for application. Apply dash coat on concrete_ surfaces indicated for direct plaster application. Moist -cure dash coat for at least 24 hours after application and before plastering. Install mpora_ry gro�G and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces; coordinate with scratch -coat work. Refer to Division 6 Spetions for installing permanent wood grounds, if any. Flashing: Refer to Division 7 Sections for installing flashing as indicated. Surface onditioni g Immediately before plastering, dampen concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces that are 'indicated for direct plaster application, except where a bonding agent has been applied. Determine and apply amount of moisture and degree of saturation that will result in r - optimum suction for plastering. INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORTFS General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at -corners; install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold, accessories in place and alignment during plastering. Install accessories of type indicated at following locations: ._ External .orn.rs: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated, or if not indicated, at spacings and locations required by referenced standard and recommended by plaster manufacturer and approved by Architect. Where n expansion or control joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. Distance between control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet (5.4 m) in either direction or a length -to -width ration of 2-1/2 to 1. Wali Areaa: Not more than 144 sq. ft. (13 m) Not more than 100 sq. ft. (9 sq. m) in area. W_nere w aG er panel Sizes or dimensions ons change, extend joints full width or heightofplaster membrane. PLASTER LEPLTCATTON Plaster Application Standard: Apply plaster materials, composition, and mixes to comply with ASTM C 926. Do nnt usematerials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign materials. Do not useexcessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials 898-96C PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 6 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER. CONT plat- Surface Tolerances : Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet ( 3 mm in 3 m) form a true plane, in finished plaster surfaces, € as measured by a 10 foot ( 3 m) straightedge placed at any location on surface. Grout hollow -metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base -coat plaster material, and before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire - resistance rating, grout at least 6 inches (152 mm) at each jamb anchor. Seauence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will be damaged by installation of other. Y.: Plaster flush with metal frames and other built-in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. Where interior plaster is not terminated at metal frame by casing beads, cut base coat free from metal frame before plaster sets and groove finish coat at junctures with metal. Corners: Made internal corners and angles square; finish external corners flush with cornerbeads on interior work, square and true with plaster faces on exterior work. NIIMber of Coats: Apply plaster of composition indicated, to comply with the following requirements: Three -Coats: Over the following plaster base: Metal lath. Finish Coats: Apply finish coats to comply with the following requirements: Float Finish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch (3 mm) to completely cover base coat, uniformly floated to a true even plane with sand -textured finish matching Architect's sample. moist cure plaster base and finish coats to comply with ASTM C 926, including instructions for time between coats and curing in "Annex A2 Design Considerations". Cut, patch, point -up and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work. Repair cracks, indentions and imperfections. Point -up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, excessive crazing and check cracking, dry -outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and similar defects, and where bond to the substrate has failed. Remove loose plaster in straight line cuts and areas and repair or replace as necessary to comply with required visual effects and as specified under gypsum plaster. r CT-RANTNG AND PROTECTION Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other Work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces which are not to be plastered. 898-96C 09220 - 7 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER PQRTTANDCEMENT PLASTER., CONT Repair floors, walls and other surfaces which have been stained, marred or otherwise damaged during the plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers and equipment and clean floors of plaster debris. ProvidA final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer, that ensure plaster work is without damage or deterioration at time of substantial completion. 898-96C PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER 09220 - 8 pVT:ATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY Extent of each type of acoustical ceiling is shown and scheduled on drawings. R See Drawings for location of existing grid and panels to remain or be reworked. rTypes of acoustical ceilings specified in this section include the ,.: following: Acoustical panel ceilings, exposed suspension, non -fire -rated. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required. Conrdina ion of Work: Coordinate layout and installation of acoustical ceiling units and suspension system components- with other work supported by, or penetrating through, ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire -suppression system components (if any), and partition system. Deliver acoustical ceiling nits to project site in original, unopened packages and store them in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct sunlight, surface contamination or other causes. Rpforp installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaging units in any way. PROJECT CONDITIONS Space EnClos ire : Do not install interior acoustical ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof, wet -work in space is completed and nominally dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient conditions of temperature and humidity will be continuously maintained at values near those indicated for final occupancy. f"*-ndard for Acoustical Ceiling Units: Provide manufacturer's standard I units of configuration indicated which are prepared for mounting method "" 898-96C ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 1 designated and which comply with FS SS -S-118 requirements, including those indicated by reference to type, form, pattern, grade (NRC or NIC' as applicable), light reflectance coefficient (LR), edge detail, and joint detail (if any). Colors, T _xt>>re. , and Patterns: Provide products to match appearance characteristics indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors, surface textures, and patterns available for acoustical ceiling units and exposed metal suspension system members of quality designated. Mineral Composition Panels- Water Felted; with Standard Washable Painted Finish: Provide Type III, Form 2 units per FS SS -S-118 and complying with the following requirements: Armstrong Minaboard, Fissured #755. USG Aurotone, Fissured #562. Color/Light R _ 1 . anre: White/LR 1 (75% and over) olor: Provide color to match that indicated by reference to manufacturer's standard color designations. (White). Grade: NRC 65. Detail: Square. Size: 24" x 48" x 3/4". Standard for M al , pension Systeme: Provide metal suspension systems of type, structural classification and finish indicated which comply with applicable ASTM C 635 requirements. Finishes and Colors: Provide manufacturer's standard factory- applied finish for type of system indicated. For exposed suspension members and accessories with painted finish, provide color indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors. Powder -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete• Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attachment of hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing per ASTM E 1190, conducted by a qualified testing laboratory. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 898-96C ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 2 ACOUSTICAL CRTLTNGS, CONT Provide wire sized so that stress at 3 times hanger design load nage: (ASTM C 635, Table 1, Direct-Hung) , will be less than yield stress of 4 wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch diameter (12 gage). Fag e Moldings and Trim: Metal of types-provide manufacturer's standard molding for edges and penetrations of ceiling which fits with type of edge detail and suspension system indicated. EXPOSED METAL DIRRrm-HUNQ SUSPRNSTON SYSTEMS_ - Non-Fire-Resistance-Rated Dou e Web Steel Suspension System: Manufacturer's standard system roll-formed from prefinished cold-rolled k' steel sheet with 15/16" wide exposed faces on structural members; other characteristics as follows: �- Structural Classification: Intermediate-Duty System. r• Finish: Painted, white. MANUFACTURERS Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: n ofaCtur r- of Non Fire Resistance-Rated Double Web Steel Suspension Systems: Drawings are based on: Chicago Metallic Corporation. 200 Snap-in Grid System. Donn Corporation. Eastern Products Div., Armstrong World Industries, Inc. National Rolling Mills, Inc. �j PART 3 - EXECUTION PREPARATION Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical units to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling to comply with i reflected ceiling plans. Avoid use of less -than -half width units at borders, and comply with reflected ceiling plans wherever possible. INSTALLATION �.. apneral: Install materials in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, and to comply with governing regulations, fire -resistance rating requirements as indicated, and CISCA standards applicable to work. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally -patterned units (if any) in manner shown by reflected ceiling plans. �-+ Install suspension systems to comply with ASTM C 636, with hangers j supported only from building structural members as follows: r S_c-urP wire hangers by looping and wire -tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye -screws, or other devices which are secure and appropriate for substrate, and which -will not deteriorate 898-96C t 09510 - 3 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS or fail with age or elevated temperatures. Tnstall hangers Dlumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum which are not part of supporting structural or ceiling suspension system. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal force by bracing, countersplaying or other equally effective means. Where width of ducts and other onstruction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with the location of hangers atespacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. Do -not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. Space hangers not more than 4'-0" o.c. along each carrying channel, direct -hung runner or member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise shown, and provide hangers not more than 6 inches from ends of each member. Level to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-011. Install edge molding of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and at locations where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical units. Screw -attach moldings to substrate at intervals not over 16" o.c. and not more than 3" from ends, leveling with ceiling suspension system to tolerance of 1/8" in 12'-0". Miter corners accurately and connect securely. Sealant Bed: Apply continuous ribbon of acoustical sealant at juncture of angle and wall to seal any gaps between wall and edge molding. Sealant to match color of edge molding. Install acoustical pane in coordination with suspension system, with edges concealed by support of suspension members. Scribe and cut panels to fit accurately at borders and at penetrations. Clean exrmsed surfa.ps of acoustical ceilings, including trim edge _ moldings, and suspension members; comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch-up of minor finish damage. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently -- eliminate evidence of damage. 898-96C ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 4 SECTTON 09650 --RMS-U--TENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS °i Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. SUMMARY OF WORK Extent of resilient flooring and accessories is shown on drawings and in schedules and is defined to include flooring materials, adhesives, accessories, leveling compound, floor preparation and labor required for proper installation. This section includes the following: Resilient wall base. Resilient carpet accessories. QUA1,TTY ASSURANCE Manufacturer: Provide each type of resilient flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including recommended primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. Fire Test Performance: Provide resilient flooring which complies with the following fire test performance criteria as determined by an independent testing laboratory acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction._ Critic a] Radiant Flux __(CRF) Not less than the following rating per ASTM E 648. 0.45 watts per sq. cm. FlaNot more than 75 per ASTM E 84. smoke Developed: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 84. Smoke Density: Not more than 450 per ASTM E 662. PROJECT CONDITIONS Maintain minimum temperature of 70 deg F (21 deg C) in spaces to receive resilient flooring for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. Store resilient flooring materials in spaces where they will be installed for at least 48 hours before beginning installation. Subsequently, maintain minimum temperature of 55 deg F (13 deg C) in areas where work a is completed. T -,tali raailient flooring and accessories after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. Do not install resilient flooring over concrete slabs until the latter have been cured and are sufficiently dry to achieve bond with adhesive as determined by manufacturer's recommended bond and moisture test. 898-96C RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 1 Prepare existing concrete floors to achieve proper bond with adhesive. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ACCEPTARLE MANUFACTURERS r Manufa r Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the following: Wall Ba - Johnson Rubber Co., Flooring Accessories Div. Vinyl Plastic Inc. MATERIALS Colorer and patterns: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standards. RESTLTENT WALL BASF. Vinyl Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS -W-40, Type II. _ Style: Cove with top -set toe. Minimum Thi kn_ss: 1/8 inch. He i 5ht. : 4 inches. Lengths: _ Cut lengths 4 feet long, or coils in lengths standard with manufacturer but not less than 96 feet. Exterior Cornera. Premolded or formed on job. Interior orn s Job -formed only. Surface Characteristics Smooth. Vinyl A s.nripG: Products complying with following requirements: Product Description - Nosing s _rip .ion:Nosing for resilient floor covering. Profilp and Dimensions: 898-96C RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 2 R STLIENT FLOORING, CONT As required. Adh sives ,LCementsl: Water-resistant, stabilized type as recommended by flooring manufacturer to suit material and substrate conditions. PART S - EXECUTION G neral: Examine areas where installation of resilient floor coverings will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with floor covering manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. TNSTA,LATTON, GENERAL Scribe, cut, and fit resilient flooring and accessories to permanent # fixtures built-in furniture and cabinets, pipes, outlets and permanent columns, walls and partitions. TNSTALLATTON OF ACCESSORIES r Apply wall base to walls, casework and other permanent fixtures in rooms or areas where base is required. Install base in lengths as long as practicable, with preformed corner units, or fabricated from base materials with mitered or coped inside corners. Tightly bond base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with continuous contact at horizontal and vertical surfaces. Tns all premolded outside corners before installing straight pieces. Form inside corners on _'lob from straight pieces of maximum lengths possible by cutting an inverted V-shaped notch in toe of wall base at the point where corner is formed. Shave back of base where necessary to produce snug fit to substrate. Placa resilient edge strips tightly butted to flooring and secure with adhesive. Install edging strips at edges of flooring which would otherwise be exposed. 898-96C RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 3 �., RELATED DOCUMENTS 4'I Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division -1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section. The _extent of each type of carpeting is indicated on the drawings, and by specifications, and is defined to include carpet, cushion and accessories. Reatiired carpet is to be selected from an allowance of $22.00 per yard. Allowance shall include all carpet material needed for complete installation including overrun where required. All labor and associated laying materials should be included in the base contract. The Owner reserves the right to select carpet from any vendor of his choice. QUALITY ASSURANCE Tnstaller: Firm with not less than two (2) years of carpeting experience, similar to work of this section. General Standard: "Carpet Specifier's Handbook" by The Carpet and Rug Institute; for definitions of terminology not otherwise defined herein, and for general recommendations and information. PRODUCT DFLTVERY AND STORAGE Deliver carpeting materials in protective wrapping, and store inside, j^ protected from weather, moisture and soiling. Provide special project warranty, signed by Contractor, Installer and Manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace defective materials and workmanship of carpeting work during 1 -year warranty period following substantial completion. CARPET: Direct glue down or stretched over cushion as scheduled. .. CARPET ACCESSORIES . Carnet Edge Guard, Nonmetallic: At glue -down carpet extruded or molded a vinyl or rubber carpet edge guard of approved size and profile; colors a selected by Architect from among standard colors available within the industry (any manufacturer). •- Installation Adhesive: Water-resistant type as recommended by carpet or cushion manufacturer, and which complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet. geami_na Cement: Hot=melt seaming adhesive or similar product recommended by carpet manufacturer, for taping seams and buttering cut edges at r 898-96C 09681 - 1 CARPETING backing to form secure seams and prevent pile loss at seams. Miscellaneous materials: As recommended by manufacturers of carpet, cushions and other carpeting products; and selected by Installer to meet project circumstance and requirements. Installer must xaminp substrates for moisture content and other conditions under which carpeting is to be installed, and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Clear away debris and scrape up cementitious deposits from surfaces to receive carpeting; vacuum clean immediately before installation. Check concrete surfaces to ensure no "dusting" through installed carpet; apply sealer where required to prevent dusting. Seauenne carpeting with other work so as to minimize possibility of damage and soiling of carpet during remainder of construction period. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of direction and lay of pile. Consult with Architect if questions arise about direction and lay of piles. At doors, center seams under doors; do not place seams in traffic direction at doorways. Extend cArXat under open -bottomed obstructions and under removable flanges and furnishings, and into alcoves and closets of each space. Provide cut-outs where required, and bind cut edges properly where not concealed by protective edge guards or overlapping flanges. Tns _all earnet edge grard where edge of carpet is exposed; anchor guards to substrate. Pit SPctiOns Of arpet into each space prior to application of adhesive. Trim edges and butter cuts with seaming cement. Appy adh siva uniformly to substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Butt carpet edges tightly together to form seams without gaps. Roll lightly to eliminate air pockets and ensure uniform bond. Remove adhesive promptly from face of carpet. Trim seams of loose filaments. Remove debris, sorting pieces to be saved from scraps to be disposed.of. 898-96C CARPETING 09681 - 2 CARPRTIHfi,CM yanjium carpet using commercial machine with face -beater element. Remove spots and replace carpet where spots Cannot be removed. Advise Contractor of protection methods and materials needed to ensure that carpeting will be without deterioration or damage at time of PIN substantial completion. Maintenance Materials: Deliver specified overrun and usable scraps of carpet to Owner's designated storage space, properly packaged (paper wrapped) and identified. Usable scraps are defined to include roll ends of less than 9'-0" length, and pieces of more than 3 sq. ft. area and more than 8" wide. Dispose of smaller pieces as "construction waste". 898-96C 09681 - 3 CARPETING SECTION 09900 --PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections, apply to this Section. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of the following: Exposed interior items and surfaces. Exposed exterior items and surfaces. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified in this Section are in addition to shop priming and surface treatment specified under other Sections. Joint treatment, drywall tape, compound treatment and finish texture is part of the work of this section. Paint exposed surfaces except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mentioned an item or surface, paint the item or the surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available.. Do not pain prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operating parts, and labels. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, (UL) Factory Mutual (FM), or other code -required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. DEFTNTTTONS General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85 degree meter. !^ Faashell refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60 degree meter. satin refers to low -sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60 degree meter. �•- semi -gloss refers to medium -sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60 degree meter. Ful 1 al oss refers to high -sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60 degree meter. r" 898-96C 09900 1 - PAINTING Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers and primers. Material List: Provide and inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. Manufacturer's information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. certification by manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs). SaIIlplea for finish x PrP selection: shall be submitted on 24" square sample of the specified bases material. Textured sample is to be finished with all specified coating applied to represent a finished wall. Sampltz-,for Tni i a1 (_*010r SP1 ACC -inn : Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for each type of finish -coat material indicated. After color selection, the Architect will- furnish color chips or schedule listing manufacturer's number for surfaces to be coated. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are - achieved. Qualification Data: For firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects and project names and addresses, -- names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified. QUA .TTV ASSURANCE E ApplicatorAbplicator Qualificatian a: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance. Source T.imitatinns: Obtain block fillers, primers and undercoat materials for each coating system from the same manufacturer as the finish coats. D .T,TV .RV r STORAGE# ANT) HANDLING TNG Deliver materials to the Project Site in the manufacturer's original, -- unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: Product name or title of material. 898-96C PAINTING 09900 - 2 PATNTTN , CONT Product description (generic classification or binder type). Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents. r Thinning instructions. �- Application instructions. i Color name and number. VOC content. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well - ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. .Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards - resulting from handling , mixing, and application. Appy water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C). Apply lvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C). Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when the relative humidity exceeds 85,percent, at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces nor during sandstorms. Painting may continue during inclement weather if surfaces and areas to be painted are enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. void weather Protection: When ambient outdoor temperatures are below 55 degrees F maintain continuous, uniform building temperature of not less that 55 degrees F for a minimum of 48 hours prior to, during and following painting and joint treatment. Ventilation: Ventilate building spaces as required to remove water in excess of that required for drying joint treatment material immediately after its application. Prevent too rapid drying during hot weather. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products in the paint schedules. r 898-96C - 09900 - 3 PAINTING Manufacturers Na mPG: The following manufacturers are referred to in the paint schedules by use of shortened versions of their names, which are shown in parentheses: The Glidden Company (Glidden). Benjamin Moore and Co., (Moore). PPG Industries, Inc. (PPG). Pratt and Lambert (P & L). The Sherwin-Williams Company (S -W). Material ompatihility: Provide block fillers, primers, undercoats, and finish -coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best quality trade sale paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. Proprietary N_amps: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions. Colors: Match colors indicated by reference to manufacturer's color designations. General: Provide materials complying with ASTM C 475, ASTM C 840, and recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for the application indicated. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. Setting -Type Joint Compounds: Factory -prepackaged, job -mixed, chemical -hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. Where setting=type joint compounds are indicated for use as taping and taping compounds, use formulation for each which develops greatest bond strength and crack. resistance and is compatible with other joint compounds applied over it. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer for this purpose. TEXTURR FINISH MATERIALS Primer: Of type recommended by manufacturer of texture finish. Agaregate Finish for Walla: Texture XII Drywall Surfacer (aggregated): United States Gypsum Co. 898-96C PAINTING 09900 - 4 PAINTING -CONT PART 3 - EXECUTTON i PX --ubstrates and conditions with the Applicator present, under which joint work and painting will be performed for compliance with paint r and finish application requirements. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry. Start of painting and joint work will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within a particular area. coordination of Work: Review other sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. Prior to application, notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the materials specified over substrates primed by others. General Procedures: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items in place that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface -applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved. See Division 4 for masonry restoration and cleaning required prior to painting. rlPanina: Before applying paint or surface treatments, clean the substrates that could impair the bond of various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so that dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime. Notify Architect in writing of problems anticipated with using the specified finish -coat material with substrates primed by others. rpmen itious Materials_: Prepare concrete, concrete masonry block, cement plaster, and mineral -fiber -reinforced cement panel surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen as required to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical 898-96C 09900 - 5 PAINTING methods of surface preparation. Clean concrete floors to be painted with a 5 percent solution of muriatic acid or other etching cleaner. Flush the floor with clean water to remove acid, neutralize with ammonia, and rinse; allow to dry and vacuum before painting. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before application of primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. Ferrous metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous -metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. (SSPC). Touch un hare ar aG and r, hop-appliedprima coat- _, that have been damaged. Wire -brush, clean with solvents recommended by the paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non- petroleum-based solvents so that the surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock by mechanical methods. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. Stir material before application to produce a mixtureofuniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material before using. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. T-intinq: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to simplify identification of each coat when multiple coats of the same material are applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient differences in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 898-96C PAINTING 09900 - 6 p-TNTTNG, CONT Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in "Schedules." Do not paint over dirt rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed ,•� surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. r Provide finish coats that.are compatible with primers used. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, convector covers, covers for finned tube radiation, �^ grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in s' these areas as required to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before the final installation of equipment, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. Finish exterior doors on tops,. bottoms, and side edges same as exterior faces. Finish interior of wall.and base cabinets and similar field-finished casework to match exterior. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat. Srhedul;ng Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration. " The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Sand between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface in accordance with the manufacturers directions. r Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop-primed and touch up painted. Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure that surfaces, including edges, corners, crevices, weld, and exposed fasteners, receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried to where it feels firm, and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and where application of another coat of paint does not cause lifting or loss of adhesion of the undercoat. ("" 898-96C '. PAINTING 09900 - 7 Abbl; a ion ProcedureS: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions. Br sh -s : Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted. Role: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide a total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer. Block iller: Apply block fillers to concrete masonry block at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled. prime cog s: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat of material as recommended by the manufacturer to material that is required to be painted or finished and has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to assure a finish coat with no burn through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. Pigmented (Opagu) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as necessary to provide an opaque, smooth surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable. Transparent (Clear) Finishes: Use multiple coats to produce a glass -smooth surface film of even luster. Provide a finish free of laps, runs, cloudiness, color irregularity, runs, brush marks, orange peel, nail holes, or other surface imperfections. Provide satin finish for final coats. Stipple Enamel Finish: Roll and redistribute paint to an even and fine texture. Leave no evidence of rolling such as laps, bands, irregularity in texture, skid marks, or other surface imperfections. rompl et .d Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements.' FINTSHTNG OF DRYWATT General: Apply joint treatment at gypsum board joints (both directions); flanges of corner bead, edge trim, and control joints penetrations; fastener heads, surfaces defects and elsewhere as required to prepare work for decoration. Prefill open Joints, and rounded or beveled edges, if any, using setting -type joint compound. _ 898-96C PAINTING 09900 8 PAT NTTNC ,,__O_NT _Apply joint tape at joints between gypsum boards, except where trim n, accessories are indicated. Finish interior avusum wallboard by applying the following- joint compounds in 3 coats (not including prefill of openings in base), and sand between coats and after last coat: _Rn_beddina and First Coat: Ready -mix drying -type all-purpose or taping �.. compound. Full (second) Coat: Ready -mix drying -type all-purpose or topping compound. Finish (Third) Coat: Ready -mix drying -type all purpose or topping compound. Partial 'Finishing: Omit third coat and sanding on concealed drywall �^ construction which is indicated for drywall finishing or which requires finishing to achieve fire -resistance rating, sound rating or to act as air or smoke barrier. gurfac e Preparation and Primer: Prepare and prime drywall and other surfaces in strict accordance with texture finish manufacturer's instructions. Apply 'Sheet Rock' First Coat primer to all surfaces to achieve texture finish. Finish Anpl;c,a-ion: Mix and apply finish to drywall and other surfaces indicated to receive finish in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions to produce a uniform texture matching Architect's sample without starved spots or other evidence of thin application, and free of application patterns and lines. Remove any texture dropnincgs or oversprav from door frames, windows, light fixtures, equipment, electrical boxes and other adjoining construction. CLEANING Clean=: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site. Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint -spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. PROTECTION Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against OM damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. �- Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work after completion of painting operations. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures 898-96C PAINTING 09900 - 9 specified in PDCA P1. PAINT SCHEDULE EXTERIOR PAINT SVSTRMS Provide following paint systems for various substrates as indicated. F r'roua Metal: (Lintels, doors and frames) ENAMEL: 1st Coat- Pittsburgh Inhibitive Red Primer No. 6-203, brushed 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel First coat not required on items delivered shop primed. TNTRRTOR PAINT SYSTEMS Provide following paint systems for various substrates, as indicated. *Plaster (Existing). ENAMEL: * 1st.Coat - PPG Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 2nd Coat - Same as above only as needed to cover existing dark colored walls. SEAL: Apply one coat of clear or orange shellac over existing and new prepared plaster walls. * See Painting Preparation "Cementations Materials" for required alternates. Gypsum Drywall Systems; ENAMEL: 1st Coat -.Sand finished texture with Latex Primer -Sealer 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Latex Semi -Gloss Enamel 6-510 2.5 mils dry film thickness. SEAL: Apply one coat of clear or orange shellac over gypsum board where vinyl or paper wall fabric is to be applied. (Remove texture from existing walls prior to sealing for new wall covering). 898-96C PAINTING 09900 - 10 stained WoAWD- k: VARNISH: 1st Coat - Pittsburgh Rez Sealer Primer 77-1 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Super Satin Wood Rez 77-9 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Super Satin Wood Rez 77-9 Tnterior Metal Frames: 1st Coat — Pittsburgh Inhibition Red Primer 6-203, brushed 2nd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel (spray) 3rd Coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide Exterior -Interior Enamel (spray) First coat may be omitted on shop primed items. 898-96C PAINTING 09900 - 11 i SVCTTON 15000 SUPPLFMFNTARV GENERAL CONDITIONS PART T - rENERAL rRET ATF.D DOC[TMENTS : The Contractor and each subcontractor shall read and comply with all sections of,these specifications, including the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, information to bidders, and all other pertinent documents issued by Architect. All such items are hereby incorporated into and become a part of these specifications. �^ If conflicts exist between the General Conditions and these Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical, the latter shall govern. PRECEDENCE: The mechanical systems, including piping, shall have precedence over the electrical systems. DRAWTNGS AND SPECIFTCATTONS: Drawings and specifications shall be considered cooperative, and work or materials called for by one and not mentioned in the other shall be done and furnished as though treated by both. In case of discrepancies in figures, drawings or specifications, the Architect shall be notified before the signing of the Contract and his decision on said discrepancies shall be adjusted by the Contractor only at the Contractor's expense, and in case of any settlement of any complication rising from such adjustment to the Contract, Contractor shall bear all extra expenses involved. The Contractor shall be responsible for resolving all coordination required between trades. For example, items furnished under Division 15 which require electrical connections shall be coordinated with Division 16 for the following: 1. Voltage 2. Phase 3. Ampacity 4. No. and size of wires 5. Wiring diagrams 6. Starter size, details and location 7. Control devices and details Items furnished under various sections which require plumbing connections shall be coordinated for services, pressure, size and location of connections, type of fuel, clearances for service, auxiliary devices required, etc. Items requiring insulation shall be fully insulated and that insulation shall be checked against manufacturer's directions and job requirements for suitability, coverage, thickness and finish. Items installed in/on finished ceilings shall be coordinated with the ceiling construction. The Contractor under each section shall conform to the reflected ceiling plan and shall secure details and/or samples of the ceiling materials as necessary to insure compatibility. Any device not �., conforming to this requirement shall be replaced by the Contractor at his expense. All items specified under Division 15 and 16 shall be installed tight, 898-96C SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 1 plumb, -level, square and symmetrically placed in relation to the work of other trades. UTTT,TTy ONNECTIONS: Note that where utility connection locations are referenced by the word ','verify" or "approximately", the exact locations shall be .determined by the Contractor, with any and all utility connections made by the Contractor as required, with no increase to the Owner above the price indicated on the Contractor's proposal. STTP EXAMINATION, Bidders shall visit the site to satisfy themselves as to the nature and scope of the work to be done. Information shown or not shown on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of this responsibility. The submission of a bid will be taken as evidence that site examination has been made and all conditions which will effect the work have been taken into consideration. Special care should be taken to review Owner furnished equipment to be used. DEMOLITION -GENERAL: Note on the plans and in the general construction specifications, any demolition requirements included in this portion of the specifications. CODES: All work shall be executed in accordance with local, State and National codes, ordinances, and regulations governing the particular class of work involved. The Contractor shall be responsible for the final execution of the work under this section to suit these requirements. Where these specifications and the accompanying drawings conflict in arrangements with code requirements, the Contractor shall report the matter to the Architect, shall prepare any supplementary drawings required, illustrating how the work may be installed in order to comply, and on approval of the change by the Architect, shall install the work in a satisfactory manner, without additional cost to the Owner. FEES AND P .RMTTS : The Contractor and each subcontractor shall secure all` permits and licenses required for work, shall pay all fees in connection with such permits and licenses, and shall deliver all certificates of inspection to the Owner. PROTECTION OF WORK AND MATERIALS-: The Contractor shall protect the work and all materials (whether incorporated in the building or not) and shall cover openings to protect the building from the weather. The Contractor shall provide protection of all work in progress and shall be responsible for all damage done to the Owner's property or to any adjacent properties during the construction. The Contractor shall submit for approval a complete list of. materials and equipment which he proposes to use. The list shall give the — manufacturer's names and designations corresponding to each item as well as complete capacity data and ratings of each piece of equipment showing compliance with all required capacities. Should the Contractor fail to make this submission within four weeks following the signing of the Contract Documents, the Architect reserves the right to require the 898-96C SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 2 gUPPrRMVNTAgV GENE_RATCONDITIONS FOR MECHANICAL & ELECTRTCATf CONT Contractor to furnish items exactlyas mentioned herein. Submittal data •- shall verify that the items 'offered 'will fit the space requirements. Simple summary sheets alone are not acceptable. Such sheets shall be accompanied by.calculations, charts, nomographs, tabulation tables, etc., enabling the reviewer to do detailed review of equipment selections. Any item furnished with approval of the Architect (in lieu of the item specified), which in the opinion of the Architect does not perform satisfactorily, shall be replaced by the Contractor with the item originally specified, at no additional cost to the Owner or Architect. This provision shall be applicable to any item within the warranty period. See Division 1 Section 01340 for further requirements. rnordination Drawings: Where coordination with building systems is required or not fully shown on shop drawings, the contractor shall ascertain existing or anticipated conditions prior to fabrication prepare and submit Coordination Drawings where close and careful coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated off-site, and where limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. Show the interrelationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. Indicate required installation sequences. Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals." Show routing, clearances, off -sets, sizes, and other conditions required to properly install the system in, around or through the areas involved. Properly note all coordination of trades. See Division 1 Section 01340 for further requirements. Wherever shop drawings are called for in these specifications, they shall be furnished by the Contractor for the work involved after review by the Architect as to the make and type of material and in sufficient time so that no delay or changes will be caused. This is done in order to facilitate progress on the job and failure on the part of the Contractor to comply shall render him liable to stand the expense of any and all delays, changes in construction, etc., occasioned by his failure to provide the necessary details. Also, if the Contractor fails to comply with this provision, the Architect reserves the right to go directly to the manufacturer he selects and secure any details he might deem necessary, and should there be any charges in connection with this, they shall be borne by the Contractor. See Division 1 for further requirements. MATERIALS: All materials shall be new and of the quality indicated by 898-96C SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 3 the specifications, unless noted otherwise. Where manufacturers' names are mentioned in these specifications, it has been done to establish a standard of quality and construction. Where one brand-name only is specified for any item, the Contractor shall limit his. choice to the brand name shown. Note that the brand name used as a basis .of design is shown in schedules. Where the clause "or approved equal" occurs, other brand names will be accepted, provided they meet the standards of quality and performance established by the specifications. All substitutions shall be approved by the Architect. SUBSTTTTTTTON : Necessary changes in the work of any trades resulting from approved substitutions by the Contractor shall be paid for by the Contractor making the substitution. PART 3 - EXECUTION GENERAL PIPING AND CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS: The Contractor shall furnish and install (including all labor and materials required) the various piping systems as herein specified, adhering to the general routing and methods of distribution shown on the drawings. All required pipe, fittings, hangers, valves, sleeves,_inserts, gages, thermometers and such other items and appurtenances that may be required for the satisfactory operation of the various systems, shall be included. All piping and conduits shall be installed in a direct, neat, and workmanlike manner, employing only mechanics skilled in each respective trade. Exposed lines shall be run parallel with, or perpendicular to, building lines, and wherever possible shall be grouped together for easier service and identification. Lines which required a definite grade for draining shall have precedence in routing over all other lines. Wherever possible, horizontal and vertical lines shall be held as closely as possible to the walls, ceilings, struts, members, etc., so as to occupy the minimum space consistent with the proper requirements for insulation, expansion, removal of pipe and access to valve, dampers, etc. In general, all piping and all conduit in finished areas of the building shall be run concealed in chases, furrings, above suspended ceilings, etc., unless noted (or directed) otherwise. Should any condition arise which would cause any piping to be exposed in finished areas, it shall immediately be called to the Architect's attention, and the Contractor shall bear any and all expense in connection with arranging his work as directed to facilitate its concealment. Conduit may be exposed on walls where concealment is not required. All such exposed conduit shall be run straight and true without offsets or bends, and shall be perfectly vertical or horizontal. All conduit shall have couplings and connectors as noted in the Electrical Specifications. The mechanical plans do not give all details concerning elevation of lines, exact locations, etc., and do not show all the offsets, control lines, pilot lines and other installation details. The Contractor shall carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the structural conditions, to provide proper grading of lines to avoid all obstructions, and to conform to details on installation supplied by the manufacturer of the equipment to be installed; and thereby to provide an integrated, satisfactory operating installation. 898-96C SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR MECH. & ELEC. 15000 - 4 gJ7PPT'FMRNTARV r.FNFRAT CONDITIO NG FOR myr ANTCAT Jt FT Ff TRTCAT , f nNT to Valves which are required for the control or isolation of any and all parts of the system shall be furnished, installed, and located in an accessible position, or made accessible through removable panels, etc. Where several valves are related in function, they shall be grouped in a pattern. All required access doors or panels will be furnished and installed by the General Contractor. Unions, or flanges, shall be used at connections to all equipment to facilitate dismantling, and elsewhere as required in the erection of the pipe or in the installation of valves. Unions shall be accessible. Nipples shall be of the same material and composition as the pipe on which they are installed, and shall be extra heavy when unthreaded shoulder is less than one (1) inch. No running thread nipples will be permitted. V. . All pipe and accessories shall be products of domestic mills located within the continental limits of the United States. erFFyFS FOR PTPFS AND CONDUIT$ Where pipes, conduit, and E.T.M. pass through floors, smoke partitions and walls, galvanized steel pipe sleeves shall be used. Sleeves through roof decks -shall be 26 gauge sheet metal. Sleeves in pipe chases shall extend 1-1/2 inch above the floor slab and be cemented in a watertight manner. The size of these sleeves shall be such as to permit readily the insertion of pipe of the proper size. In the case of insulated lines, the diameter --of sleeves shall be at least 1/2 inch greater than the outside diameter of the insulated line. Where these sleeves occur in walls having a waterproofing coating, the sleeves shall have flanges welded on them to build into the waterproofing. When pipes are installed, the angular space between the pipe and the sleeve shall be effectively sealed using an approved mastic sealer. No plumbing pipes shall be installed directly in the concrete, or set directly in masonry walls. See Division 7 'Joint Sealants' for fire and smoke resistant sealants at rated walls. PTTCH PANS: All pipes, conduits, etc., passing through roof.construction shall be installed,in pitch pans, proper roof jacks or curbs. FLOOR AND CEILING PLATES AND FLANGES Unless otherwise noted, provide and install chromium plated sectional floor and ceiling plates around all pipes and conduits passing exposed through the wall, floors or ceilings. Plates shall be sized to fit outside of insulation on lines, etc., but to fit snugly. Solid plates with set screws shall be used on any lines where the sectional plates will not stay in place or are not available in adequate I size. 4 Provide flanges, covers and plates to finish out all devices to final finishes and coverings at walls, floors and ceiling. ' PTPF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS (PTUMRTNG,, MECHANICAL & ELECTRICA,i_ r , 898-96C nTt1^'1r ++t� O n T T' /' I Fflnn _ r All pipe throughout the building, both horizontal and vertical, shall be adequately supported with clamps or hangers sized to fit the lines and to adequately support their weight. Provide devices manufactured specifically for the hanging of lines and pipes being supported. No piping conduit or lines are to be supported with wire or plumbing straps. At the bases of lines where required for the proper support, furnish and install anchor base fittings or other approved supports. Individual horizontal lines shall be adequately supported using hangers that are sized to fit the pipe. Where multiple pipes are indicated, they may be supported on continuous hangers, provided pipes are running parallel to the same elevation and grade. For particular conditions, other special hangers may be employed. Hangers shall be manufactured by Kindorff, Unistrut, Elcen, or approved equal. All horizontal plumbing and mechanical pipes and electrical conduit supported from the construction shall be suspended on rods not smaller than the manufacturer's recommendations for the loads imposed, and provided with hanger adjustors. Inserts (when used) shall be set in place before concrete is poured. Use special supports where required by particular conditions at the site. All hangers shall be so located as to properly support the horizontal piping, but in no case shall hangers be located on centers greater than six feet for 1/2 inch and 3/4 inch lines, seven feet for 1 inch lines, eight feet for 1-1/4 inch lines, nine feet for 1-1/2 inch lines, ten feet for 2 inch and 2-1/2 inch lines, and twelve feet for larger lines. For soil lines, hangers shall be V-0" on horizontal runs, and where required by the conditions, hangers _shall be more closely spaced. Provide and install any braces required to prevent excess side way of lines, taking care not to restrict any necessary expansion of lines. Twenty gauge 10" long galvanized sleeves or saddles shall be used with hangers installed over insulated pipe. Where pipes of different trades may possibly be racked on the same supporting structure, the Contractor shall provide the necessary coordination between the various trades to properly locate the supporting members. The various trades shall cooperate with each other to the end that the same type of hangers may be used throughout insofar as practicable. All exposed vertical lines shall be braced from the wall construction at no less than two points, one of which shall be approximately six feet above the floor, to prevent sidewise motion of risers. Braces shall be as specified for multiple pipes, and supports at each slab shall be with Kindorff or approved equal, C-210 clamps. In the case of insulated lines,'oversize hangers of clamps as required shall be installed. Hangers, anchors, and related items installed in direct contact with copper pipe shall be bronze, copper or copper -plated steel. Hangers, anchors, and related items which support ferrous piping shall be steel with galvanized coating. All piping shall be installed with due regard to expansion and contraction and the type of hanger, method of support, location of 898-96C -rT_n-T'�r+^frmr nTr .^ennr T'T'�TT rnxTr T m T eN,T1 Tnr. �Rrn r•T7 0. rr T,'/v �.�(1 (1 ._ r gr»vr ti'�t�'7�TT11Rv (,F AT FRAr rnnrnTmTf1NS FnR MFC�;ATQTC& ELECTRICAL CONT supports, etc., shall be governed, in part, by this consideration. I cliTTTNG AND PATCHING: The Contractor under each section shall either perform or arrange for any cutting and patching required in the installation of his work: He shall obtain permission from the Architect before doing any cutting. All patching shall be done in such manner that the surrounding work will be restored to its original conditions. See Division 1, Cutting and Patching, for further requirements. -At unfinished surfaces, the Contractor for work under each section shall be responsible for the patching of all openings cut to install the work covered by that section and to repair the damage resulting from the failure of any part of work installed hereunder. At finished surface -5, the General Contractor shall be responsible for the patching of all openings cut to install the work specified herein, and to repair the damage resulting from the failure of any part of the work installed hereunder. All openings cut through the roof or exterior walls shall be provided with a temporary watertight cover during the construction or until permanent installation or repair has been made. All pipe and conduit run through the roof shall be installed in pitch pockets installed for flashing prior to the installation of the roofing. Where openings are cut through masonry walls, the Contractor under each respective section shall provide and install lintels or other structural supports to protect the remaining masonry and adequate support shall be provided during the cutting operation to prevent any damage to the masonry occasioned by the operation. All structural members, supports, etc., shall be of the size, shape, and installed as directed by the Architect. Where openings are cut through respective trade shall neatly saw l', punch or hammer through deck. roof deck, the contractor of each deck to required opening size. Do not PATNTTNG: Painting of all pipes and conduit where shown shall be done by the Contractor under Division 9, PAINTING. COVER: All electrical lines installed underground shall have a minimum of 24 inches cover, from the top of the line to the finished grade. All underground gas, water and waste lines shall have a minimum of 18 inches cover from the finished grade to the top of the line unless otherwise noted. ROUGH -IN AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION FOR EQUIPMENT The shop drawings for all equipment are hereby made a part of these specifications. The Contractor under each section of the specifications shall rough -in for the exact item to be furnished on the job, whether in another section of the specifications or by the Owner. The Contractor shall refer to all drawings and other sections of the "' specifications for the scope of work involved for the new equipment, and by actual site examination determine the scope of the required equipment connections for the Owner -furnished equipment. 898-96C4 r n,\r ,tee TT1++. ' •-•\!T ♦,fin �. Tei /9 T'e.TTTT T r!1wTT T.+1T/1T?h Tr1T .9 71 r+TT Should any of the equipment furnished require connections of a nature different from that shown on the drawings, report the matter to the Architect, and finally connect as directed by the Architect. Should any shop drawings not be available for equipment; furnished under other contractors or by the Owner, the Contractor under each section of these specifications shall bid the work as detailed on the drawings and verify connection and services to equipment before such services are installed. Minor differences in the equipment furnished and that indicated on the drawings will not constitute ground for additional payment to the Contractor. The Contractor shall visit the site and become familiar with the extent of existing asbestos insulation material, if any. Where demolition of piping systems containing asbestos exists, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of EPA regulations, National Emissions Standards for asbestos, and the OSHA regulations on asbestos, Section 1910.1001, as well as applicable state laws and city codes and ordinances. The Contractor shall be responsible with obtaining approval for waste disposal site in compliance with Section 61.25 of the EPA regulations. Asbestos materials rendered inaccessible above ceilings or in chases where pipe is to remain will not be required to be removed. CLEANUP: The Contractor shall remove from the building and the plan site all rubbish and dirt as it accumulates under the Contract. At completion, all areas shall be broom cleaned, and all obstructions, surplus materials, etc., removed. TESTTNG: The Contractor under each division shall, at his own expense, perform the various tests specified and others that may be required by National, State, and local authorities. The Contractor shall furnish all fuel and materials necessary for making tests. Any leaks or defective materials found shallbe repaired and replaced and test shall be repeated until no further leaks or defects are indicated. GUARANTRF: Each Contractor shall guarantee all labor and materials furnished by him for a period of one year. Guarantee period shall extend from the time of final acceptance of the building. The guarantee shall cover the repair or replacement, without additional cost the Owner, of any defective material or faulty workmanship. Where a guarantee period greater than one year is required for any piece of equipment, it will be specified hereinafter. 898-96C 'TT, T)T7,AW4TTWmIn17 e^.r�TT+p74T ('nT+TnTTT(1TTQ rr)p lvpf TT P. VT.V 4F TTO 1 �i1 1 fl - PT TiMRT�IG It �* GENERAL: The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and other �I pertinent documents issued by the Architect are hereby incorporated in these specifications and form a part thereof. scOPE OF WORK: The work covered by these specifications consist of the 4' furnishing of all equipment, materials, labor, fees, permits, meters, paving cuts, and certificates of inspection that may be required for the installation of the plumbing work specified and shown on the drawings. This work shall include, but not be limited to the following items: r Domestic Water Piping above floor Drains, Vents and Sewer above floor Insulation i Sump pump and related materials. MATERTAL AND EOUIPMENT SCHEDULE: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical." $FiC'TTLATTONS AND ORDINANCES: See "Supplementary General Conditions for .. Mechanical and Electrical." See "Supplementary General Conditions for Soil and waste pipe in the building shall be graded 1/4" per foot when possible, but not less than 1/8" per foot in any case. VENTS: Three inch and larger concealed vents shall be Schedule 40 PVC or ASB Type 1 plastic. Exposed vents to be cast iron, vents smaller than three inches may be galvanized steel pipe, schedule 40, with galvanized malleable iron fittings. TNFRAL: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical." WATER PTPTNG: All domestic water piping in the building above the floor, unless otherwise noted, shall be TYPE "L" Copper, with brass or wrought copper fittings. Cast fittings will not be accepted. All connections shall be made using 95-5 or silver solder. r All.connections between ferrous and non-ferrous materials shall be made with di -electric insulating unions, or fittings. 878-96C --r rs►Rn T *•r Mechanical and Electrical" and Division 1. 1. CUTTTNG AND PATCHING: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical." SOTL AND WASTE PIPE: Soil and waste pipe under the, concrete slabs in the building and outside the building shall be Schedule 40 PVC. Waste drain and vent lines above the slab shall be Schedule 40 PVC. Exposed vent studs to be cast iron. Connections to vertical stacks may be made with sanitary tees, and short j" 1/4 bends. Changes'in direction of horizontal pipe shall be made with 1 wyes, combination wye and 1/8 bends, or long sweep 1/4, 1/8, and 1/15 bends. Soil and waste pipe in the building shall be graded 1/4" per foot when possible, but not less than 1/8" per foot in any case. VENTS: Three inch and larger concealed vents shall be Schedule 40 PVC or ASB Type 1 plastic. Exposed vents to be cast iron, vents smaller than three inches may be galvanized steel pipe, schedule 40, with galvanized malleable iron fittings. TNFRAL: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical." WATER PTPTNG: All domestic water piping in the building above the floor, unless otherwise noted, shall be TYPE "L" Copper, with brass or wrought copper fittings. Cast fittings will not be accepted. All connections shall be made using 95-5 or silver solder. r All.connections between ferrous and non-ferrous materials shall be made with di -electric insulating unions, or fittings. 878-96C --r rs►Rn T *•r STORM DRAINAGE LINES Type"L' copper with brass or wrought fittings and 95-5 solder. PTPR SUPPORTS AN HANGERS: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical". SL•FV See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical". ESCUTCHEONS . : See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical". TNS LATTON: For all new lines above slab provide 1" thick ASJ/SSL Owens-Corning fiberglass 2 -piece insulation with Zestone insulation and jackets at fittings. Tom&: All tests required by the Owner or Architect, by local authorities, or as specified shall be done by this contractor, without additional costs to the Owner. Defects found by test shall be immediately repaired, and the test repeated. ` Test all lines before insulation is installed. Cold water piping shall be tested (hydrostatic test) for one hour at a gage pressure of 100 lbs. No plumbing shall be done during test period. Drainage system shall be tested by completely filling the lines. The system shall be completely tight at all joints with no leaks. Any leaks found as a result of the tests shall be repaired immediately, and the test shall be repeated. Guarantee: See "Supplementary General Conditions for Mechanical and Electrical". 898-96C 'D T i? 1,d TZ TTS!' i SFCTTO1Q 1 �,1 An HFATTNG VFNTTT ATTNC AND ATR Cf1NDIZI KING The "General Conditions," and "Supplementary General Provisions r* four Mechanical and Electrical" documents issued by the Architect are hereby incorporated in these specifications and form a part thereof. S_(n) OF WORK: The work covered by these specifications consist of the furnishings of all equipment, materials, labor, fees, permits, and certificates of inspection that may be required to complete the heating, ventilating and air conditioning work specified, shown on the drawings, and required by Code. The work shall include, but not be limited to, the following items: Filters Ducts (supply, return and exhaust) Grilles, registers and diffusers Insulation SU"RSTTTUTTON OF MATERI_A_LS: See "Supplementary General Provisions for Mechanical and Electrical". REGULATTONS ND ORDINANi�VC: See "Supplementary General Provisions for Mechanical and Electrical." MATERTAT AND EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE: See "Supplementary General Provisions for Mechanical and Electrical." MOTORS AND STARTERS: See "Supplementary General Provisions for Mechanical and Electrical." SHEET METAL DUCTWORK: To be constructed of galvanized steel sheets, suitable for low velocity systems as hereinafter specified. Unless otherwise approved, ducts shall conform accurately to the dimensions indicated and shall be straight and smooth on the inside, with joints neatly finished. Joints for low velocity ducts shall be made substantially air tight, and no dust marks from air leaks shall show at duct joints, or connections to grilles, registers, and diffusers. Lap at the joints for low velocity system shall be made in the direction of air flow. Button punch or bolt connections in standing seams shall be spaced at fixed center not greater than 6 inches. Horizontal locks and seams of the type known as Button Punch Snap Lock may be used in lieu of Pittsburg lock. Transformation shall be made with sides pitched not to exceed a maximum of 20 degrees, 40 degrees included angle, for diverging air flow and 30 degrees, 60 degrees included angle, for converging air flow, or as indicated on the drawings. Square elbows, fittings and branch take -offs for low velocity shall be designed, constructed and installed as recommended in Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Contractors Association, Duct Manual, Sections 1 and 2. r Round 26 gage sheet metal duct shall extend from take -off to grill. r 898-96C TTT �I TT1T TTr"� TTT'•wTm �T' T TTA-- w TTT M TT �/1wT`1TT'�wTT wT/� Other details of duct construction, stiffeners, access doors, hangers, anchors and supports, duct joints, volume dampers, etc., shall be specified and/or indicated on the drawings. Installation of items not shown in detail or not covered by detailed specifications shall be as set forth in the Duct Manual, Section 1 - Low Velocity Systems, of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association. Duct supports shall be not less than two 1 -inch by 1/16 -inch thick galvanized strap -iron hangers spaced one on each side of duct in accordance with SMACNA Duct Manual. INSULATION: All supply, ducts, take -offs, round galvanized duct supply grilles and other accessories shall be insulated with 1-1/2" thick, 1-1/2 lb. per cubic foot density Gustin-Bacon or approved equal fiber -glass faced one side with vinyl facing with 2" tab one edge. Insulation shall be wrapped on ducts with facing overlapping all joints.at least 2" and held in place with 4" strips of insulation bonding adhesive. On ducts over 30" in width, spot application of Minnesota Mining EC -1128, or equal, adhesive shall be made and further secured on the under -side with sheet metal screws and caps, and screws shall be covered with 4" wide paper applied with wheat paste and vapor sealed with vapor barrier mastic. DIMENSIONS Verify all dimensions of existing ducts to insure inside faces line between new and existing ducts. Hound branc-h--ducts, flexible ducts and wrapped ducts are dimensioned to the inside dimension or diameter. SPIN -IN OR CONICAL TAPS All round takeoffs shall be made with spin -in conical type fittings for sheet metal duct. Taps to ceiling diffusers shall be furnished with a factory installed balancing damper, positive locking nut and air scoop. All items of air distribution shall be Krueger, or approved equal, as shown on the plans and indicated herein. Fire dampers shall be provided and installed at all points and as indicated on the drawings and at all other location as required by applicable codes. Provide access panels in the duct work and platforms as required to service and test the damper. Furnish fire dampers with fusible links rated for 160 degree F unless otherwise indicated. Fire dampers shall be constructed of galvanized steel and be classified under U.L. Standard_555 and bear a U.L. label. Provide minimum label for the following conditions unless otherwise noted on the drawings. Partitions: 1-1/2 hour label 898-96C --^ s mTnTn rTrT,TMTr 1 mTRT; 1, %Tr, A Tr v-n?rr,TmTn?'TTT.Tt1 c, ! S?rl _ ? Partition dampers: Ruskin IBD/B Provide interlocking blade curtain type suitable for horizontal or vertical mounting as required. Fusible links to be provided on both sides of walls. Provide angle frames as required for mounting behind grilles at existing walls and floors. Dampers are to be installed in strict accordance with U.L., SMACNA, NFPA 90A, and the manufacturer's instructions. Provide steel sleeves, angles, support wires, and attachment devices as required to meet all applicable codes and listings. rRIARANTEES: Refer to "Supplementary General Provisions for Mechanical and Electrical." 898-96C ^ , , <1 -, Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification Sections, apply to work of this section. DRSCRTPTTON OF WORK: The work to be done under this section of the specifications consists of the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment, devices, supplies and certificate of inspection that may be required to complete and leave ready for operation the electrical work specified, shown on the drawings, and required by code. Work is not limited to but includes the installation of the following: Lighting fixtures and associated conduit, switching and wiring. Power and convenience outlets, fixture outlets, switches and controls as shown on the drawings. Conduit, junction boxes, outlets for computer system. Wiring of controls, motors and pumps. Contractor shall verify all existing conditions, panel locations, availabilities of existing circuits and locations prior to bid. MATERTAL AND EOUTPMRNT SCHEDULE: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions" and Division 1. SUgSTTTUTTON OF MATERIALS: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions" and Division 1. CODES: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions". Verify and install all systems in accordance with local and governing codes. r,'FN'RAL WIRING REOUIREMENTS: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions". All wiring shall be installed in metallic raceways(EMT). Galvanized rigid conduit shall be used for all feeder and power circuits where electrical metallic tubing is prohibited. Joints at conduit shall be made tight with standard galvanized steel compression couplings and connectors at exterior or wet locations. Use steel set screw connectors and couplings at other locations. End of conduit shall be cut square and reamed and all joints brought butt -to -butt in couplings. Conduit connections to motors shall consist of twelve (12) inch length (minimum) flexible conduit, with the rigid conduit securely fastened to a wall or other non -vibrating support. Motor connections shall terminate in conduit box or "Condulet" fitting. Conduit exposed to weather shall have a durable plastic coating. ir BRAN H CIRCUITS LIGHTING AND POWER WTRING: The electrical Contractor shall furnish and install a new system of lighting and power branch circuit wiring existing junction boxes or panels to the various outlets. 898-96C 1 rl 1 n _ 1 T, T -, ,' n,., T r• r. All wiring shall be substantially as shown on the drawings. This Contractor shall furnish and install a complete system of motor or equipment branch circuit wiring from the respective switches and/or panels to each piece of equipment, including setting and wiring of starters, disconnects, and control switches, as required and/or indicated on the drawings. No branch circuit or switch leg shall be installed with wire smaller than number twelve (#12) awg`copper. For 20 amp branch circuits so indicated on drawings or in excess of 100 feet in length, number ten (#10) copper wire shall be used. Special care shall be taken so that circuits are connected to the panels in such an arrangement as to insure, insofar as possible, that loads on the different phases at the panel are balanced. See "Heating and Air Conditioning" for other requirements. CONTROT, WIRING The electrical contractor shall furnish and install all control wire for the mechanical equipment. Coordinate type and location of wiring with mechanical contractor. DEVICES AND LATE General wiring devices and plates shall be manufactured by General Electric, Hubble, and.Leviton or approved equal, and shall be similar to the following: Provide light colored devices and plates at light colored walls and dark colored plates at dark colored walls. MANUFACTURER . GE HUBBLE Quiet type switches 20A, 120/277 (W -S-896) 1 pole 5951 1221 2 pole 5952 1222 3 way 5953 1223 Duplex receptacle -grounding 15 amp 5262 5262 111:0 amp IG -5262 20 amp IG -5362 Waterproof duplex receptacle -grounding 20 amp receptacle above with 9226-95 5205 Ground fault circuit interrupter 20 amp GF -5352 Waterproof duplex receptacle -grounding GFCI as above with waterproof WP26 A]1 l;g ti g switches, shown adjacent to door jambs shall be within 6"of shown jamb. Mount all switches and rnntrols 48" above finish floor to centerline. Mount all.receptacles a minimum of 15" AFF to centerline for handicapped. 898-96C ELECTRICAL 16110 - 2 ELECTRICAL, CONT see Fauilpment Schedule and drawings for other mounting heights. !. provide around fault circuit interrupter receptacles at all exterior locations and at all outlets within 6' of sinks or lavatories. CLOVERPLATF:S Match cover plates in existing spaces. Provide single type gang plates at single devices and equivalent multiple configuration plates where two or more devices are located together. USES: This Contractor shall furnish and install all fuses necessary to •• leave the installation complete and in working order. All fuses shall be Bussman, dual -element and/or current limiting as indicated, unless otherwise noted. Furnished to the Owner spare fuses, amounting to 3% of r- each size and type. IgE: All conductors in conduit unless otherwise noted or specified .shall be N.E.C. type "TW" copper, with conductivity equal 98% that of pure copper. All conductors and branch circuits shall be color coded in accordance with paragraph 210-5, Article 210 of the N.E.C. The insulation on all wire and cable shall be rated at 600 volts except for the low voltage control or switching circuits which may be rated at 300 volts. Number six (#6) and larger shall be stranded. All wire shall conform to the requirements of ASTM, shall bear the Underwriters' approval and shall have size, voltage, and code markings stamped on insulation. 1 Each conductor splice, connection point, outlet, switch junction or pull point shall be an outlet box with cover or plate. OUTLET PDXES: In general, all outlet boxes shall be concealed where possible, and shall be constructed of code gauge steel, galvanized inside and outside at conduit locations. Bracket outlets shall be installed at a height shown on the plans, or as directed on the job. Switch outlets shall be installed four feet (V-0") above the finished floor, unless otherwise noted. Receptacle outlets shall be installed fifteen (15) inches above the floor, and 8" above cabinet tops, unless otherwise noted. Where switches or outlets are shown to be located together, double, !. triple or equivalent type gang boxes shall be used. Provide 2" deep shallow boxes at furred wall systems. e 6 E JUNCTION BOXES: Where shown, or required, junction or pull boxes shall be provided, to facilitate pulling, splicing, taping, or nesting of conductors. Such boxes shall be of adequate size to suit the purpose, constructed of code gauge steel, galvanized outside and inside, or approved non-ferrous material and securely fastened to the building structure, independent of the conduit. Boxes installed outdoors shall be weather-proof, with Basketed covers and corrosion resistant screws. 898-96C 15110 - 3 ELECTRICAL HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: This contractor. shall furnish all necessary hangers, brackets, clamps, etc., as required to properly support all conduit, cable and other devices and equipment in such a manner as to prevent sag and undue strain. STIEVES ANDTN RTS: See "Mechanical and Electrical Supplementary Conditions". LTGHTTNn PTXTURRIS: This Contractor shall furnish, install and wire lighting fixtures as shown and scheduled. Each fixture shall be complete with all necessary hangers mounting devices, shades, stems, canopies, louvers, reflectors, lamps and other devices required. Fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped with high power factor energy saving ballasts with low noise level, class Lenses: Where acrylic lenses are specified, provide minimum thickness of 0.125 inches. Lamps: All lamps are to be reduced wattage GE Wat-miser II, Lite -White. ROUGH -TNS: This Contractor shall rough -in, and make final connections to, all items of special equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications. He shall be responsible for all such items which may be shown on plans or other than the electrical section, and/or specified in other sections of the specifications. This Contractor shall familiarize himself with all requirements for such special devices, and shall include in his bid price all items which may be required (but not furnished) by the equipment manufacturer. All wiring of every description shall be run in conduit unless specifically noted or specified to the contrary. Conduits. shall be concealed in all finished parts of the building, conduits shall be neat and parallel with each other and with the lines of the building and shall be firmly secured in place by means of approved hangers, straps, and screws, and expansion shields where required. All conduits in concrete slabs shall be standard weight, rigid steel conduits, thin-wall threadless conduit with concrete -tight fittings may be used elsewhere. All conduit shall be standardized or hot galvanized on both exterior and interior surfaces. Where conduits terminate at distribution, junction or outlet boxes, they shall be secured thereto, with two locknuts and bushings. All openings in conduits larger than 2" diameter shall have two locknuts and insulation bushings. All openings in conduit, immediately upon installation, shall be capped for protection against entry from foreign matter, pending pulling in wires. All cutting of conduits shall be done squarely with a hacksaw and not with a pipe cutter, the ends to be reamed and all burrs removed after the application of thread -cutting dies. All lateral runs of conduits whenever possible and practical shall be 898-96C ELECTRICAL 16110 - 4 installed so as to provide a natural drain for condensation without pockets or traps where moisture may collect. Fish wire shall be left in all empty conduits. All conduits through roof shall be installed in time to be finished by the roofing contractor. Where conduit is installed in slabs, it must be done as soon as forms are in place and in such a manner as to not impair the strength of the slab. 9ROUNDING: All appliances, switches, receptacles, devices and other electrical equipment wired and connected by this contractor, shall be effectively and permanently grounded in accordance with N.E.C. and local codes. A green equipment grounding conductor shall be connected to all panel enclosures, motors, and other circuits as noted. WARRANTY: This Contractor shall be held responsible for all defects in equipment, materials, and workmanship for a period of one (1) year after final acceptance of job. He shall repair or replace any defects of material, equipment, or workmanship without expense to the Owner during the warranty period. 898-96C TT,r(`TFT-12.T 1r1in _ c N II NEW LANDSCAPING AND SOIL PREPERATIOSUBCONTRACTOR R CITY SUBCONTRACTOR I SEC. SEC.' SAWCUT A7 E%ITT. CURB AND SLAB 201 202 '+ i ;PEW CURB EXP. JT II i II II II 1 GOWN C.JT. I I I •,• � A � „v xw I II II Ii •�, I — — — — — 0 BE -OW W LL LINE REMOVE AND REINSTALL EXISTING - l ' l I — — — — SIGNS AT NEW CONCRETE WALK. I G CURB LINE 0 O I I I I --- I REMOVE EXISTING WATERPROOFING c.JT. - - AND INS ALL NEW STUCCO FINISH o I I ON SELF FURRING G.I. MET, LATH I o EXISTING SHRUBS TO BE REMOVED I ABY LL CITY SUBCONTRACTOR, COORDINATE R LING 6 I K. PC5TS r•. I � F� REMOVE AND REPLACE n O 1 v2' O.D.- - - _ - - - - - SEC.- [ i" CEILING PANELS AS I PIPE HANDRAILS REQUIRED FOR NEW WATER 302 EXP. J7 I 302 r cuu LINE INSTALLATION. - - - • --- �+.••i SEE MECHANICAL PLAN - N - I ' I I ti EQUIPMENT ROOM N W _ I I E%[STING p m EXISTING WALL TO REMAIN F a I I � LONC. WALL TEMPORARY DUST BARRIER UN IL m NEW WALL IS INSTALLED. PDURED CONC. I I STAIRS _-----1� -- , I - -- CJT. II ,� I I I I I EXISTING CURBTO REMAIN II REMOVE EXIST. II REMOVE EXIST G W kM FRAME WALLS I I PLAANDTER INSTALL B NEW 'WALK, B NE W LK, CURB, — — — — I I WALL �' I I _ WALL AND STA IRS, - STUDS AT1.4 NEW 3 B16?O.CA D EXISTNEW ING TOALL DECKBOVE 1 W/ 5/8' GYP. BD.- -� UP _s V TO DECK ABOVE // O I AT CURBV .D NAN7ER STAIR / E. 0. C. GJL NOTES DOOR TO REMAIN IN PLACE _ DASHE NOTES FIRES ALL CONDUIT, REMOVE EXISTING FOR DUST BARRIER UNTIL NEW ,., PIPE AND IN PENETRATIONS DOOR 6 FRAME DOOR AND FRAME ARE IONSTALLED. EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN. THRU NEW WALL. VERIFY ALL REWORK HARDWARE AS SCHEDULED ��' SEC, wlr I ' ✓%ISTING CONDITIONS ESTIBULE \ PAINT CORNER 3D3 303 TO CORNER OS 6O I I . I I A UM. I'l O REMOVE EXISTING EXISTING WALLS [PUMP T RESHOLI� I — %DOOR 6 FRAME II EXISTING FURRING -------------- ----------------- I I I I '-Q• +'-B• 5'-9 1/2, \ REMOVE AND PATCH CURB a7 NEW DRAIN ►\`-/// LINE. O ~{ WALL ABOVE wi EXP. JT REMOVE AND REINSTALL -"'/' EXIST. LGT. -SEE ELEC. PLAN � EXIST. CPNC. J7 SEC. SEC,. W 1 4 w 201 202 � rT, BASEMENT PLAN S N GROUND FLOOR PLAN 5 N Fri U SCALE 1/4" V- 01' SCALE 1 4"=-0 � O NOTE, SEAL NEW WALL TO DECK VERIFY ALL GRADES AND SITE CONDITIONS. AND ALL PENETRAIDNS THRU WALL, SEE MECH. AND ELEC, PLANS > > E L ' MUNICIPAL POLICE 1 COURT r` ,< NOTES, W 1) REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND PREPARE CONC. SLAB FOR NEW CARPET, W 2) REMOVE EXISTING CARPET AND ADHESIVE AND SEAL. 3) REDORK NEW CEILING TO EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS. Li d' 4) REMOVE AND REUSE EXISITNG CEILING PANELS AT EQUIP'RM AS REQUIRED. � ... 5) ALLOW $22.00 PER SQ, YD. FOR NEW CARPET MATERIAL ONLY. q TF C❑NSTRUCTI❑N = AREA Q` COX DIRKS LP&L ARCHITECTS PC 1710 15TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 TEL $06/762-1226 FAX 806/762-1257 TEXAS AVE, PROJECT NO. 898-96D w SHEET: 1 ■ HARDWARE FINISH TO BE US26 TO MATCH EXISTING UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE KEY MAP SCALE NONE S N F • 4 DATE: 3/1/96 E REVISED: AVENUE J AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS FINISH SCHEDULE SPACE FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH MATERIAL FINISH HOT. REMARKS CORRIDOR DIRECT STICK VACUUM 4' VINYL CLEAN NE -EXIST GYP. BD. ENAMEL NEV 2x4 ACOUS NONE 8'-0' REMOVE EXIST. CARPET AND TO MATCH E.O.L. SW- 5/8' GYP BD. TEk 6 ENAMEL PANELS 4 GRID AND CEILING NOTE p1 t-HR TO DECK-N6V NOTE N3 E.O.L. EXIST. CARPET CLEAN EXIST. TO NONE EXISTING TO CLEAN EXISTING NONE 9'-0' REPAIR ALL EXISTING FINISHES TO REMAIN REMAIN REMAIN PLASTER VERIFY AT REMOVED DOOR p2 AND FINISH TO MATCH EXISTING. EQUIPMENT ROOM EXIST. CONCRETE CLEAN NEV a• VINYL NONE µW6S-EXISTING TO TEX 6 ENAMEL REWORK EXIST. CLEAN 8'-0' FIRE SEAL AT ALL PENETRATIONS SLAB. AT NEW WALLS REMAIN ALOUS. PANELS IN 1-HR WALL. NOTE p2 1-HR TO DECK AT E TO NEV WALL REPAIR FINISH AT REMOVED WALL DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR SCHEDULE MARK SIZE MATERIAL FINISH FRAME FINISH REMARKS HARDWARE � 3'-0' x T-0' x 1 3/a• 16 GA. GALV. ENAMEL 16 GA. ENAMEL BUTTS IPR HH1279NRP 1/2PR BB1279EMN 4 1/2'x4 1/2' I HOC. METAL GALV. PANIC DETEx 230K, 1 CYLINDER CORBIN 3000 HOC. MET. CLOSER DC P2HlOxNS-SxM72, WEATHER STRIP, TRIMCO STOP 1201ES 2 3'-0' x 7'-0' x 13/4' S.C. WALNUT S6V ANODIZED NONE 20 MIN. LABEL BUTTS 1 1/2 PR FBBl79 4 1/2'x4 1/2' V/ 3'-0' X 2'-6' X 1 3/4' VENEER ALUM, TO CLOSER NORTON I605, TRIMCO 1218 STOP, TRANSOM. VERIFY HGT. MATCH C-R 9555-9H7L WAS. W/CYLINDER 6 KEYED EXISTING TO MATCH EXISTING LOCKSETS 3 3'-0' x 7'-0' x 1 3/a' S.C. WALNUT S6V 16 GA, ENAMEL 20 MIN. LABEL BUTTS 1 1/2 PR FBBl79 4 1/2'x4 t/2' 1�5V PREP GATE POST 70 RECEIVE LOCKSET ELEC. STRIKE BOX IN STL PLATE 2x2 STL POSTS 2' 5' 2' 3'-3• 2' 5' 2' 3'-3' 9' 3'-3' 9' 3'-3' 9' 3'-3' 5' AND TOP RAIL lx2 STL TUBING O lx2 STL TUBING GATE -SEE DOOR o ? lxl STL TUBING SCHEDULE M in AT 5' O.C. JAY N3 TEMP BARS 2X2 BOTTOM RAIL —� AT NEW U TOOLED ETOE OPS a AT 11' O.C. ELEV. Lj AT V. m? GROUT COL'S IN H a 2 1/2' SO. SLEEVE -N4'S CONT w 3-NS'S CONT BRACKETS V/ 2'18 ILLER 1= CONDUIT WALL 70 3/4' EXP.JT. —i- r T �— —� —� T r T �— •—• —• —r —�' T TO POST GATE POST CHAMFER — p4'S NS'S AT 8' O.C. M4'S AT 12' O.C. N4 TEMP BARS AT 11' D.C. r , 7U VERT, BARS I � J W EXISTING OUI INTO SLAB '-0' MI ./ COMPACT FILL [� SLAB / TO 957. O.D.D. [� 1 RETURN TO WALL j P N � N4'S AT 12' O.L. CONTROL JT. CO'ACT FILL f TO 5'/. O.D.D. ' 1 O.D. STD. PIPEPE HANDRAIL N4'S AT 12' O.C. iu J / p3 TEMP. BARS AT 12' O.L. iu N5'S AT 8' O.C. VERTICAL _ 04'S AT 13' O.C. _ e HORIZ. Nu1' TYP, P JECTION / 1 �— — FOOTING BEYOND \ � '-O' MIN I1' • \1 /y JULIUS BLUM p1306 WALL RETURN TO WALL BRACKETS H--� s_ 1 N4'S AT 12' O.C. y a WOOS7ER PRODUCTS iv COMPACT FILL EDGE OF p231 SAFTEY TREADS TO 95'/. O.D.D. LOVER WALL n' 1' 0' AT EA. TREAD N3 TEMP. BARS AT 12' O.C. 1 4' REINF CONC. SLAB SLOPED TO DRAIN o 3-p5'S CONT. W/ N3 ' TIES A7 36' O.C. FOOTING BEYOND L 19'-5 1/2' 12'-11, CROSS—SECTION 201 �-i r SCALE 1 =1'-0 �i 15'-11 1/2' . i __. .v1 . - _.__.. .. _ " _ _ _.-- - --. — >�— ELEV, MAINTAIN 1 1/2' CLEARANCE 0 BETWEEN HANDRAIL AND p66 EDGE C i 466 EDGE WALL SURFACES. T , N v Op66 EDGE � a \L EXP. JT. tl' '-0' MIN EXP. JT. i EXP. JT. EXP. JT. '-0' MIN COMPACT FILL T ''1 ti W TO 95% DID D. w o 8' O.C. VERTICAL W � VERTICIC AL iG7—{ CLEAN EXISTING WALL N4'S AT 13' O.C. INSTALL 3/4' PLASTER ON HORIZ. SELF -FURRING G.I. METAL LATH \ a COMPACT I ILL N N66 EDGE � a Li 11' '-0' MINI, NEWLDO WALL AT NOTE: SEE STAIR SEC N201 NEW DOOR FOR CONC. REINFORCING :o n RETURN TO WALL F [111 CROSS—SECTION 202 COMPACT FILL 1'-0' SCALE >i =l'—o TO 95% O.D.D. ARCHITECTS PC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1111, EDGE r 1710 15TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 r m TEL 806/762-1226 FAX 806/762-1257 PROJECT NO. 898-96D 7'-10' 5'-1' 8'-9' 10'-8 1/2, 9 TREADS AT il' = 8'-3' 4'-8' Ir 10 TREADS A7 11' 9'-2' 9'-4 1/2' SHEET: 2 OF: 4 DATE: 3/1/96 REVISED: 0 EXISTING STRUCTRUE EXISTING STRUCTRUE AND WALLS AND WALLS �TO 1 1 I'4 CONT. RUNNER f�^r', 11 H 5/8' GYP. BD. DBL. OR DBL. NESTED LINTEL AS SCHEDULED CONT. RUNNER CO HOL, MET. JAMB 1 3/4' SOLID CORE \/ DOOR AS SCH'D 2x2 STL POSTS F•� AND TOP RAIL Ix2 STL TUBING 5 3/4' CURB AND RAIL 1.2 STL TUBING BEYOND STL TUBING AT 5' Q.C. HEAD DETAIL 303 AT k5 Q SEAL EXP. JT. NEW 6' CONC. SLAB REINF. V- - e' C. B S SCALE 3"=1'-Y' W/ N4'S AT 12' O.C. 4 k3 TEMP BARS AT 11' O.C. NEW 6' CAT 1 SLAB REINF. 2%2 BOTTOM RAIL EXISTING CURB ELEV. ELEV, n ELEV. ELEV. AND GUTTER - 1D0 0' -V W/ 4 ' 6 - TO REMAIN ;o N3 TEND BARS ATluu - w GROUT COL'S IN a 2 1/2' SQ. SLEEVE 2-N4'S CONT k66 EDGE • �— rI H •_ i � 5/8' GYP. BD. NS'S AT 8' O.C. > �� AT BOTTOM BARS EXIST, STRUCTRUE EXIST. STRUCTRUE TUN VERT. BARS k3 TEMP. BARS 3 5/8' 20 GA OU INTO SLAB AT ll' O.C. STEEL STUDS TU N VERT. BARS _ L, 4x4x3/8' CONT, OU INTO SLAB 8' 4'-8' NESTED STUDS OR C� STL ANGLE_ W/ STUD W/ RUNNER CO ACT FILL 1 1/2' EXP, BOLTS i AT 16' O.C. Au TO M. O.D.D. = _ STUD UP TO LINTEL HERRING L� J CLEAN EXISTING WALL 'O CLEAN EXISTING WALL C� T 1 I INSTALL NEWFUR 3/4' STUCCO EXISTING REINF. iu CO STING REINF, �� v INSTALL NEV 3/4' STUCCO CONC. WALL CONC. WALL ON SELF -FURRING G.I. LATH Y ON SELF -FURRING G.I. LATH - HOL. NET. JAMB < 1 3/4' SOLID CORE 1 Y C04PACT FILL 1 k5'S AT 8' Q.C. _ DOOR AS SLH'D TO 95% O.D.D. I VERTICAL N4'S AT 13' O.C. m HORIZ, - �•J� iu ACOUS. PANEL CEIL. � ACOUS. PANEL CEIL 5 3/4' rT, -�• I"""I r N 1 _ NS'S AT O.0 „ORSIZAT 13 13• O.0 SAWCUT WALL AT o NEW DOOR JAMB DETAIL 304 N SCALE 3" =1'-0 1 0 3-k5'S CONT. W/ k3 __ • TIES AT 36' O.C. EXISTING CONCRETE WALL- 5/8' GYP, BD. ►'ti 1 3/4' PLASTER 4' REINF. CONC. SLAB CAULK 1 4' REINF. . NC. S CAULK —�' - m -7 1/2' W/PREPARED OPENING 1N EXISTING WALLING 86' 16 GA HOL. NETAL FRAME ANCHORS COX DIRKS 0 3-N5'S CONT. W/ N3 TIES AT 36' O.C. EXISTING FOOTING EXISTING FOOTING —� • AND SLAB AND SLAB "R " ARCHITECTS PC 1'-8' DOOR AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1710 15TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 TEL 006/762-1226 FAX 806/762-1257 SECTION 301 SECTION 302 HEAD & JAMB DET. 305 PROJECT N0. 898-96D SCALE 1/ =1'-0 SCALE 1/2"=1'-0" SCALE SHEET: 3 OF: 4 DATE: 3/1/96 REVISED: 1 3/4' CONDUIT _ AS 24V WIRING y AS REQ. / ELEC. STRIRI KE IN RAIL POST SEAL ALL PENETF IN 1-HR WALL TO 1 1/2' IA UNDER AB TO REC TROIL�'"PANEELL I SUMP \REMOVE AND RESET EXISTING POLE LGT. AT NEW CONC. SLAB ABOVE. REWORK EXIST CIRCUIT AS REQ. AT NEV CONST. it RELOCgT[ EXIST. LGT. TO NE LOCATION AND IN ON SAME CIRCUIY WWND SWITCH LEG A9 FOUIP'RM LGTS. Ik I TIE REC'S TO EXIST. CIRCUIT 69— _I PANEL II TIE TO EXISTING POWER CIRCUIT AND EM GENERATOR VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, J-BOX AND TRANSFORMER ABOVE CEILING FOR DOOR AND GATE SWITCHING. PROVIDE CONDIT 6 WIRING TO HINGE SWITCH A. GATE REMOVE EXISTING TEL AND POWER RECEPTACLE wlio! .t.rAl RELOCATE EXIST. LETS IN NEW CELL. GRID. TIE TO EXIST. CIRCUIT AND NEW SWITCH LEG. =1 EXISTING ELEC.PANELS TO REMAIN WALL R ALL LOOSE WIRING, SLEEVE AND ALL PENETRATIONS IR WALL TO DECK D m TIE TO EXISTING EXIT LIGHT -" CIRCUIT AND EM GENERATOR VERIFY EXACT LOCATION, ' C C . C __- W SN E LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE MARK MFG. MFG, NO. COLOR MOUNTING LAMPS/REMARKS A REUSE EXIS ING 2x4 LAY -IN WHITE FLUSH 4-35V ES B HUBBLE PVL-175H-118 WHITE WALL AT 1-177V MH 11'-6'A.FF. C HUBBLE LED-IEM-RV-FIA-AC WHITE/ CEILING LED RED D HUBBLE EEL BEIGE WALL AT 84 BY MFG. NEW HOSE BIBB AND r-VACUUM BREAKER OFF NEW WATER LINE TIED TI EXISTING SPRINKLER - L NE AND HEADS. SEAL NEW PENETRATION 4 THRU EXISTING WALL 1r/nJ i I- NEW V DIA WATER LINE ROUTED TO NEW LICATION it REMOVE EXISTING I 1 1 YARD SPRINLKER —T7 SYSTEM AT NEW CONSTRUCTION 1 I EXISTING INSULATED O CHILLED 6 HW LINES ABOVE.CEILING. i1 SLEEVE L SEAL AT ._---� NEW V#LL--PENETRATIONS-._ .. _. ... VERIFY EXACT NUMBER w b I SIZE AND LOCATIONS. 1 REMOVE AP IST. DUCT END, I RE -CAP AND INSTALL NEV DACMPERAP V/ .SCOOP 4 kli Ilrl; �� Ir k I 1 L�1 "j1 k [XjS TRUNK - SEAL ALL: PE►IETRA 3NS k I I FIRE MPER 2� n O IN 1-HR VAL TO K FIRE AIBD2 NEV FIRE AMPER I fEXIST. L ALL PENETRATIONS i 1 IN WALL A OVE X -HR WALL TO DECK \J CELL. RUSKIIN MYERS RME33 SUMP IN REM EXIS S-24 BASIN V/ GROUP A ,'}- �� - -. AND FLEX DU STL TOP, #CV-2DO CHECK --� - -� - - l2' DiA A GRILL VALVE IN DISCHARGE LINE WADE N1103-G6 C_� _� - W/ 1 1/2' N IL CE-115 SIMPLEX CONTROLPANEL C--- fl - — - - - l^ RAP INSUL. B MFS-20 FLOAT SWITCH _ C-+-�` - - — - I KR UGER 1400 S PLY GRILL _ _ - - - _ 2' DiA COPPER 'M WASTE LINE UP WALL AND TURNED u OUT INTO FACE OF CRUB V1 W MECHANICAL PLAN E, SCALE 1/4"=V-0" S N Ol EXISTING FIRE SPRINKLER HEAD TO REMAIN E W W � CCX DIRKS ARCHITECTS PC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS 1710 15TH STREET LUBBOCK, TEXAS 79401 TEL 806/762-1226 FAX 806/762-1257 PROJECT NO. 898-96D SHEET: 4. OF: 4 DATE: 3/1/96 REVISED: